UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2010
 
Commission file number 0-18051
 
DENNY'S CORPORATION LOGO
 
DENNY'S CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
   
Delaware
13-3487402
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. employer
identification number)
   
203 East Main Street
Spartanburg, South Carolina 29319-9966
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
 
(864) 597-8000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
           Title of each class          
Name of each exchange on which registered
$.01 Par Value, Common Stock
The Nasdaq Stock Market
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
 
Yes   ¨     No   þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
 
Yes   ¨     No   þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
Yes   þ     No   ¨
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
 
Yes   ¨     No   ¨
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,"  "accelerated filer” and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
o
Accelerated filer
þ
Non-accelerated filer
o
Smaller reporting company
o
       
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 
Yes   ¨     No   þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $218.1 million as of June 30, 2010, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based upon the closing sales price of registrant’s common stock on that date of $2.60 per share and, for purposes of this computation only, the assumption that all of the registrant’s directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of 10% or more of the registrant’s common stock are affiliates.
 
As of March 1, 2011, 99,168,293 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $.01 par value per share, were outstanding.
 
Documents incorporated by reference: 
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
Page
 
     
 
1
     
 
5
     
 
9
     
 
10
     
 
11
     
 
11
   
 
     
 
11
     
 
14
     
 
15
     
 
27
     
 
27
     
 
27
     
 
28
     
 
30
   
 
     
 
30
     
 
30
     
 
30
     
 
30
     
 
30
   
 
     
 
30
   
F-1
   
 
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
The forward-looking statements included in the “Business,” “Risk Factors,” “Legal Proceedings,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” sections and elsewhere herein, which reflect our best judgment based on factors currently known, involve risks and uncertainties. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “intends,” “plans,”  “hopes,” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Except as may be required by law, we expressly disclaim any obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Form 10-K or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors including, but not limited to, the factors discussed in such sections and, in particular, those set forth in the cautionary statements contained in “Risk Factors.” The forward-looking information we have provided in this Form 10-K pursuant to the safe harbor established under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 should be evaluated in the context of these factors.
 
 

 
 
 
Description of Business
 
Denny’s Corporation (Denny’s) is one of America’s largest family-style restaurant chains. Denny’s, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Denny’s, Inc., owns and operates the Denny’s restaurant brand. At December 29, 2010, the Denny’s brand consisted of 1,658 restaurants, 1,426 (86%) of which were franchised/licensed restaurants and 232 (14%) of which were company-owned and operated.
 
Open 24/7 in most locations, Denny’s restaurants have been providing their guests with quality food, good value and friendly service in a pleasant dining atmosphere for over 50 years. Denny’s is best known for its breakfast fare served around the clock. The Original Grand Slam®, introduced in 1977, remains one of our most popular menu items. Denny’s has increased its popularity as a lunch and dinner destination by offering something for everyone in a “come as you are” atmosphere including cravable burgers, sandwiches, salads and entrees. In addition to these products with our "always open" appeal, sharable appetizers and desserts cater to the late-night crowd.
 
References to "Denny's," the "Company," "we," "us," and "our" in this Form 10-K are references to Denny's Corporation and its subsidiaries.
 
Significant Developments
 
Leadership Team
 
Fiscal 2010 was a year of transition for our leadership team. During the year we hired Frances Allen as our Chief Marketing Officer and Robert Rodriguez as our Chief Operating Officer. Effective February 1, 2011, subsequent to fiscal 2010, John Miller joined Denny's as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Together with Mark Wolfinger, our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer, these positions comprise our executive leadership team.
 
Debt Refinancing
 
During the fourth quarter of 2010, we  refinanced our then existing credit facility (the “Old Credit Facility”) and entered into an amended and restated senior secured credit agreement in an aggregate principal of $300 million (the “New Credit Facility”). The New Credit Facility consists of a $50 million five year senior secured revolver (with a $30 million letter of credit sublimit) and a $250 million six year senior secured term loan.
 
Proceeds from the New Credit Facility were used principally to repurchase or redeem the then outstanding $175 million aggregate principal amount of our 10% Senior Notes due 2012 (the "10% Notes") and to repay the $65 million term loan under the Old Credit Facility.
 
On March 1, 2011, subsequent to fiscal year 2010, we completed a re-pricing of the New Credit Facility to reduce the interest rates under the facility. Interest on the New Credit Facility, as amended, is payable at per annum rates equal to LIBOR plus 375 basis points, with a LIBOR floor of 1.50% for the term loan and no LIBOR floor for the revolver, compared with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 475 basis points and a LIBOR floor of 1.75% for both the revolver and the term loan prior to the re-pricing.
 
Share Repurchase

The New Credit Facility permits the payment of cash dividends and/or the purchase of Denny’s stock subject to certain limitations. In November 2010, the Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing us to repurchase up to 3.0 million shares of our Common Stock. Under the program, we may, from time to time, purchase shares through December 31, 2011 in the open market (including pre-arranged stock trading plans in accordance with the guidelines specified in Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to market and business conditions. As of December 29, 2010, we had repurchased 1,036,800 shares of Common Stock for approximately $3.9 million under the share repurchase program.
 
For more information see "Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities - Dividends and Share Repurchases."
 
Business Strategy
 
During 2010, we focused on the following initiatives, which we believe are important steps to making the Denny’s brand the leading family-style restaurant in the nation:

Traditional Development
 
We continued our Franchise Growth Initiative ("FGI") to increase franchise restaurant development through the sale of certain geographic clusters of company restaurants to both current and new franchisees.  As of December 29, 2010, the total number of company restaurants sold since our FGI program began in early 2007 is 314. Fulfilling the unit growth expectations of this program, certain franchisees that purchased company restaurants during the year also signed development agreements to build additional new franchise restaurants. In addition to franchise development agreements signed under our FGI, we have been negotiating development agreements outside of our FGI program under our Market Growth Incentive Plan ("MGIP"). Over the last 30 months we have signed development agreements for 204 new restaurants under our FGI and MGIP programs, 87 of which have opened. The majority of the units in the pipeline are expected to open over the next five years. While the majority of the units scheduled under MGIP agreements are on track, from time to time some of our franchisees' ability to grow and meet their development commitments is hampered by the economy and the difficult lending environment.
   
 
1

 
 
Non-Traditional Development
 
During 2010, Denny's was selected as the full-service restaurant operator of choice for Pilot Travel Centers LLC (“Pilot”). Also, during the year, Pilot merged with Flying J Travel Centers (“Flying J”). Now named Pilot Flying J, the company is North America’s largest retail operator of travel centers. We began converting former Flying J restaurant operations in July 2010 and as of December 29, 2010 had converted 100 sites, 21 of which operate as company restaurants and 79 of which operate as franchise restaurants. We plan to convert up to a total of 125 Flying J full-service restaurants to Denny’s. We also expect to open up to an additional 50 Denny's restaurants in existing and proposed Pilot Travel Centers over the next several years.
 
Additionally during 2010, we expanded the Denny’s brand to include university campus and fast-casual locations. We opened six franchised locations on university campuses during 2010, which operate under either the Denny’s Fresh Express® or Denny’s AllNighter® names. We expect to open an additional ten university locations in 2011. Two company-operated fast-casual Denny’s Cafe locations were opened as test sites during 2010. We expect to open two additional fast-casual Denny's Cafe test sites in 2011.
 
International Development
 
We opened one franchised location in Honduras during 2010 and expect to open several international locations during 2011. We believe that there is a significant opportunity for development of the Denny's brand in several international growth markets.
 
Ongoing Transition to a Franchise Focused Business Model
 
As a result of the development efforts described above, over the past five years we have transitioned from a portfolio mix of 66% franchised and 34% company-operated to a portfolio mix of 86% franchised and 14% company-operated. Our targeted portfolio mix is 90% franchised and 10% company-operated. We anticipate achieving this goal through a combination of new franchise unit growth and the sale of restaurants to franchisees over the next couple of years. We expect that the future growth of the brand will come primarily from the development of franchise restaurants. The following table summarizes the changes in the number of company-owned and franchised and licensed restaurants during the past five years:
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Company-owned restaurants, beginning of period
    233       315       394       521       543  
Units opened
    24       1       3       5       3  
Units relocated
    1                          
Units acquired from franchisees
                      1       1  
Units sold to franchisees
    (24 )     (81 )     (79 )     (130 )      
Units closed (including units relocated)
    (2 )     (2 )     (3 )     (3 )     (26 )
End of period
    232       233       315       394       521  
                                         
Franchised and licensed restaurants, beginning of period
    1,318       1,226       1,152       1,024       1,035  
Units opened
    112       39       31       18       17  
Units relocated     4       3       1       4       1  
Units acquired by Company
                      (1 )     (1 )
Units purchased from Company
    24       81       79       130        
Units closed (including units relocated)
    (32 )     (31 )     (37 )     (23 )     (28 )
End of period
    1,426       1,318       1,226       1,152       1,024  
Total restaurants, end of period
    1,658       1,551       1,541       1,546       1,545  
 
The table below sets forth information regarding the distribution of single-store and multi-store franchisees as of December 29, 2010:
 
  
 
Franchisees
   
Percentage of Franchisees
   
Restaurants
   
Percentage of Restaurants
 
One
   
93
     
35.0
%
   
93
     
6.5
%
Two to five
   
111
     
41.7
%
   
325
     
22.8
%
Six to ten
   
31
     
11.7
%
   
224
     
15.7
%
Eleven to fifteen
   
11
     
4.1
%
   
143
     
10.0
%
Sixteen to thirty
   
12
     
4.5
%
   
269
     
18.9
%
Thirty-one and over
   
8
     
3.0
%
   
372
     
26.1
%
Total
   
266
     
100.0
%
   
1,426
     
100.0
%
 
Value Menu

Responding to the economic downturn and cost-conscious consumers, during 2010, Denny’s introduced a $2-$4-$6-$8 Value Menu that crosses all dayparts. We balance this focus on value by offering innovative limited time products. Together, these items have proven to be an effective sales and traffic driver.
 
 
2

 
 
Restaurant Operations
 
We believe that the superior execution of basic restaurant operations in each Denny’s restaurant, whether it is company-owned or franchised, is critical to our success. To meet and exceed our guests’ expectations, we require both our company-owned and our franchised restaurants to maintain the same strict brand standards. These standards relate to the preparation and efficient serving of quality food and the maintenance, repair and cleanliness of restaurants.
 
We devote significant effort to ensuring all restaurants offer quality food served by friendly, knowledgeable and attentive employees in a clean and well-maintained restaurant. We seek to ensure that our company-owned restaurants meet our high standards through a network of regional Directors of Company Operations, Company Regional Managers, Company District Managers and restaurant level managers, all of whom spend the majority of their time in the restaurants. A network of Regional Directors of Franchise Operations and Franchise Business Leaders oversee our franchised restaurants to ensure compliance with brand standards, promote operational excellence and provide general support to our franchisees. 
 
A principal feature of Denny’s restaurant operations is the consistent focus on improving operations at the unit level. Unit managers are hands-on and versatile in their supervisory activities. Many of our restaurant management personnel began as hourly associates in the restaurants and, therefore, know how to perform restaurant functions and are able to train by example.

Denny’s maintains professional training programs for hourly associates and restaurant managers.  Hourly associate training programs are position specific and focus on skills and tasks necessary to successfully fulfill the responsibilities assigned to them while continually enhancing guest satisfaction. Denny's Manager In Training (“MIT”) program is conducted at Designated Training Restaurants. The MIT program is required for all company new hires and internal promotes, and is available for use by Denny's franchisees to train their managers to Denny's standards. The mission of the MIT program is to provide managers with the knowledge and leadership skills needed to successfully run a Denny's restaurant.
 
Franchising and Development
 
Our criteria to become a Denny’s franchisee include minimum liquidity and net worth requirements and appropriate operational experience. We believe that Denny’s is an attractive financial proposition for current and potential franchisees and that our fee structure is competitive with other full service brands. The initial fee for a single twenty-year Denny’s franchise agreement is $40,000 and the royalty payment is up to 4% of gross sales. Additionally, our franchisees are required to contribute up to 4% of gross sales for advertising and may make additional advertising contributions as part of a local marketing co-operative.

Site Selection
 
The success of any restaurant is influenced significantly by its location. Our development team works closely with franchisees and real estate brokers to identify sites which meet specific standards. Sites are evaluated on the basis of a variety of factors, including but not limited to:
 
demographics;
traffic patterns;
visibility;
building constraints;
competition;
environmental restrictions; and
proximity to high-traffic consumer activities.
 
Research and Innovation
 
Denny’s is a consumer-driven brand with particular focus on hospitality, menu choices, marketing strategy, and overall guest experience. We rely on consumer insights obtained through secondary and primary qualitative and quantitative studies. These insights form the strategic foundation for menu architecture, pricing, promotion and advertising. The added-value of these insights and strategic understandings also assist our Restaurant Operations and Information Technology staffs in the evaluation and development of new restaurant processes and upgraded restaurant equipment that may enhance our speed of service, food quality and order accuracy.
 
Through this consumer-focused effort, we are successfully innovating our brand and concept, striving for continued relevance and brand differentiation. This allows us the opportunity to protect margins, gain market share and efficiently maximize our research investment.

Marketing and Advertising
 
Denny’s marketing team employs integrated marketing and advertising strategies that promote the Denny’s brand. Communications strategy, media, advertising, menu management, product innovation and development, consumer insights, public relations, field marketing and national promotions all fall under the marketing umbrella.
 
Our marketing campaigns, including broadcast advertising, focus on amplifying Denny's brand strengths with what consumers want – it’s about choice with made-to-order variety and an emphasis on breakfast at an affordable value offered all day, every day. On a national level and through recently formed local co-operatives, the campaigns reach their consumer targets through network, cable and local television, radio, online, digital, social, outdoor and print.
 
Product Development
 
Denny’s Product Development team works closely with consumer insights to create menu choices that are relevant to our consumers and align with current menu trends. Input and ideas from our franchisees, vendors and operators can also be integrated into this process. Before a new menu item can be brought to fruition, it is rigorously tested by standards of culinary discipline, food science and technology, nutritional analysis and operational execution. This testing process ensures that new menu items are not only appealing and marketable, but can be prepared and delivered with excellence in our restaurants.
 
 
3

 
 
Product Sources and Availability
 
Our purchasing department administers programs for the procurement of food and non-food products. Our franchisees also purchase food and non-food products directly from the vendors under these programs. Our centralized purchasing program is designed to ensure uniform product quality as well as to minimize food, beverage and supply costs. Our size provides significant purchasing power which often enables us to obtain products at favorable prices from nationally recognized manufacturers.
 
While nearly all products are contracted for by our purchasing department, the majority are purchased and distributed through Meadowbrook Meat Company, or MBM, under a long-term distribution contract. MBM distributes restaurant products and supplies to the Denny’s system from nearly 230 vendors, representing approximately 89% of our restaurant product and supply purchases. We believe that satisfactory sources of supply are generally available for all the items regularly used by our restaurants. We have not experienced any material shortages of food, equipment, or other products which are necessary to our restaurant operations.
 
Brand Protection & Quality

Denny’s will only serve our guests food that is safe, wholesome and that meets our quality standards. Our systems, from the supply chain through our restaurants, are based on Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP), whereby we prevent, eliminate, or reduce hazards to a safe level to protect the health of the employees and guests. To ensure this basic expectation to our guests, Denny’s also has risk-based systems in place to validate only approved vendors and distributors which meet and follow our product specifications and food handling procedures. Vendors, distributors and restaurants employees follow regulatory requirements (federal, state & local), industry “best practices” and Denny’s Brand Standards.

We use multiple approaches including third party unannounced restaurant inspections (utilizing Denny’s Brand Protection Reviews), health department reviews, and employee/manager training in their respective roles. If operational brand standard expectations are not met, a remediation process is immediately initiated. Our HACCP system uses nationally recognized food safety training courses and American National Standards Institute accredited certification programs.

All Denny’s restaurants are required to have a person certified in food protection on duty for all hours of operation. Our Food Safety/HACCP program has been recognized nationally by regulatory departments, industry, and our peers as one of the best. We have established a strong food safety culture within Denny’s. We continue to be leading edge advocates for the advancement of food safety within the industry’s organizations such as National Council of Chain Restaurants (NCCR), National Restaurant Association (NRA) and Quality Assurance Executive Study Groups.
 
Seasonality
 
Restaurant sales are generally higher in the second and third calendar quarters (April through September) than in the first and fourth calendar quarters (October through March). Additionally, severe weather, storms and similar conditions may impact sales volumes seasonally in some operating regions.
 
Trademarks and Service Marks
 
Through our wholly owned subsidiaries, we have certain trademarks and service marks registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in international jurisdictions, including "Denny's" and "Grand Slam Breakfast".  We consider our trademarks and service marks important to the identification of our restaurants and believe they are of material importance to the conduct of our business. Domestic trademark and service mark registrations are renewable at various intervals from 10 to 20 years. International trademark and service mark registrations have various durations from 5 to 20 years. We generally intend to renew trademarks and service marks which come up for renewal. We own or have rights to all trademarks we believe are material to our restaurant operations. In addition, we have registered various domain names on the internet that incorporate certain of our trademarks and service marks, and believe these domain name registrations are an integral part of our identity. From time to time, we may resort to legal measures to defend and protect the use of our intellectual property.
 
Competition
 
The restaurant industry is highly competitive. Restaurants compete on the basis of name recognition and advertising; the price, quality, variety, and perceived value of their food offerings; the quality and speed of their guest service; and the convenience and attractiveness of their facilities.
 
Denny’s direct competition in the family-style category includes a collection of national and regional chains, as well as thousands of independent operators. Denny’s also competes with quick service restaurants as they attempt to upgrade their menus with premium sandwiches, entree salads, new breakfast offerings and extended hours.
 
We believe that Denny’s has a number of competitive strengths, including strong brand name recognition, well-located restaurants and market penetration. We benefit from economies of scale in a variety of areas, including advertising, purchasing and distribution. Additionally, we believe that Denny’s has competitive strengths in the value, variety, and quality of our food products, and in the quality and training of our employees. See “Risk Factors” for certain additional factors relating to our competition in the restaurant industry.
 
Economic, Market and Other Conditions
 
The restaurant industry is affected by many factors, including changes in national, regional and local economic conditions affecting consumer spending, the political environment (including acts of war and terrorism), changes in customer travel patterns, changes in socio-demographic characteristics of areas where restaurants are located, changes in consumer tastes and preferences, increases in the number of restaurants, unfavorable trends affecting restaurant operations, such as rising wage rates, healthcare costs, utilities expenses and unfavorable weather. See "Risk Factors" for additional information.
 
 
4

 
 
Government Regulations
 
We and our franchisees are subject to local, state and federal laws and regulations governing various aspects of the restaurant business.
  
The operation of our franchise system is also subject to regulations enacted by a number of states and rules promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission. We believe we are in material compliance with applicable laws and regulations, but we cannot predict the effect on operations of the enactment of additional regulations in the future.
 
We are also subject to federal and state laws, including the Fair Labor Standards Act, governing matters such as minimum wage, tip reporting, overtime, exempt status classification and other working conditions. A substantial number of our employees are paid the minimum wage. Accordingly, increases in the minimum wage or decreases in the allowable tip credit (which reduces wages deemed to be paid to tipped employees in certain states) increase our labor costs. This is especially true for our operations in California, where there is no tip credit. Employers must pay the higher of the federal or state minimum wage. We have attempted to offset increases in the minimum wage through pricing and various cost control efforts; however, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in these efforts in the future.
 
Environmental Matters
 
Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations have not historically had a material impact on our operations; however, we cannot predict the effect of possible future environmental legislation or regulations on our operations.
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to each executive officer of Denny’s:
 
  Name
 
Age
 
Current Principal Occupation or Employment and Five-Year Employment History
Frances L. Allen
 
48
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of Denny's (July, 2010-present); Chief Marketing Officer of Dunkin' Donuts, USA (2007-2009); Vice President, Marketing of Sony Ericsson Mobile Communication (2004-2007).
         
John C. Miller
  55  
Chief Executive Officer and President of Denny’s (February, 2011-present); Chief Executive Officer and President of Taco Bueno Restaurants, Inc. (an operator and franchisor of quick service Mexican eateries) (2005 - February, 2011);  President of Romano's Macaroni Grill (1997-2004).
         
Robert Rodriguez
 
58
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Denny's (September, 2010-present); President and Chief Operating Officer of Pick Up Stix (a multi-divisional franchise company in the Asian quick casual segment) (2008-2010); President of Dunkin' Donuts (2004-2008).
         
F. Mark Wolfinger
 
55
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Denny’s (April, 2008-present); Executive Vice President, Growth Initiatives of Denny's (October, 2006-April, 2008); Chief Financial Officer of Denny’s (2005-present); Senior Vice President of Denny's (2005-October, 2006); Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Danka Business Systems (a document imaging company) (1998-2005).
 
Employees
 
At December 29, 2010, we had approximately 11,500 employees, none of whom are subject to collective bargaining agreements. Many of our restaurant employees work part-time, and many are paid at or slightly above minimum wage levels. As is characteristic of the restaurant industry, we experience a high level of turnover among our restaurant employees. We have experienced no significant work stoppages, and we consider relations with our employees to be satisfactory.
 
The staff for a typical restaurant consists of one general manager, two or three restaurant managers and approximately 45 hourly employees. In addition, we employ two Divisional Vice Presidents, Company Directors of Operations, Franchise Regional Directors of Operations, Company Regional Managers, Company District Managers and Franchise Business Leaders. The Directors of Operations', Regional Managers’, District Managers’ and Business Leaders’ duties include regular restaurant visits and inspections, which ensure the ongoing maintenance of our standards of quality, service, cleanliness, value, and courtesy.
 
Available Information
 
We make available free of charge through our website at www.dennys.com (in the Investor Relations—SEC Filings section) copies of materials that we file with, or furnish to, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish them to, the SEC.
 
Item 1A.     Risk Factors
 
We caution you that our business and operations are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. The factors listed below are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical results and from projections in forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K, in our other filings with the SEC, in our news releases and in public statements made orally by our representatives.
 
 
5

 
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Our financial condition depends on our ability and the ability of our franchisees to operate restaurants profitably, to generate positive cash flows and to generate acceptable returns on invested capital.  The returns and profitability of our restaurants may be negatively impacted by a number of factors, including those described below.
 
Food service businesses are often adversely affected by changes in:
 
consumer tastes;
consumer spending habits;
global, national, regional and local economic conditions; and
demographic trends.
 
The performance of our individual restaurants may be adversely affected by factors such as:
 
traffic patterns;
demographic considerations; and
the type, number and location of competing restaurants.
 
 
Multi-unit food service chains such as ours can also be adversely affected by publicity resulting from:
 
poor food quality;
food-related illness;
injury; and
other health concerns or operating issues.
 
Dependence on frequent deliveries of fresh produce and groceries subjects food service businesses to the risk that shortages or interruptions in supply caused by adverse weather or other conditions could adversely affect the availability, quality and cost of ingredients. In addition, the food service industry in general, and our results of operations and financial condition in particular, may also be adversely affected by unfavorable trends or developments such as:
 
inflation;
increased food costs;
increased energy costs;
labor and employee benefits costs (including increases in minimum hourly wage and employment tax rates and health care and workers’ compensation cost);
regional weather conditions; and
the availability of experienced management and hourly employees.
 
A comprehensive U.S. health care reform law was enacted in 2010. We are evaluating the impact the new law will have on us and our employees. Although we cannot predict with certainty the financial and operational impacts the new law will have on us and our franchisees, we expect that our expenses will increase over the long term as a result of the law, particularly in 2014, and any such increases could be large enough to materially impact our results of operations.
 
A decline in general economic conditions could adversely affect our financial results.

Consumer spending habits, including discretionary spending on dining out at restaurants such as ours, are affected by many factors, including:
 
prevailing economic conditions;
energy costs, especially gasoline prices;
levels of employment;
salaries and wage rates;
consumer confidence; and
consumer perception of economic conditions.
 
Continued weakness or uncertainty of the United States economy as a result of reactions to consumer credit availability, increasing energy prices, inflation, increasing interest rates, unemployment, war, terrorist activity or other unforeseen events could adversely affect consumer spending habits, which may result in lower restaurant sales.
 
The locations where we have restaurants may cease to be attractive as demographic patterns change.
 
The success of our owned and franchised restaurants is significantly influenced by location. Current locations may not continue to be attractive as demographic patterns change. It is possible that the neighborhood or economic conditions where our restaurants are located could decline in the future, potentially resulting in reduced sales in those locations.
 
 
6

 
 
A majority of Denny's restaurants are owned and operated by independent franchisees, and as a result the financial performance of franchisees can negatively impact our business.
 
As we are heavily franchised, our financial results are contingent upon the operational and financial success of our franchisees. We receive royalties and contributions to advertising and, in some cases, lease payments from our franchisees. We prescribe to our franchisees operational standards, guidelines and strategic plans; however, we have limited control over how our franchisees’ businesses are run. While we are responsible for ensuring the success of our entire chain of restaurants and for taking a longer term view with respect to system improvements, our franchisees have individual business strategies and objectives, which might sometimes conflict with our interests. Our franchisees may not be able to secure adequate financing to open or continue operating their Denny’s restaurants.  If they incur too much debt or if economic or sales trends deteriorate such that they are unable to repay existing debt, it could result in financial distress or even bankruptcy.  If a significant number of franchisees become financially distressed, it could harm our operating results through reduced royalties and lease income.
 
For 2010, our ten largest franchisees accounted for approximately 33% of our franchise revenue. The balance of our franchise revenue is derived from the remaining 256 franchisees. Although the loss of revenues from the closure of any one franchise restaurant may not be material, such revenues generate margins that may exceed those generated by other restaurants or offset fixed costs which we continue to incur.
 
Our growth strategy depends on our ability and that of our franchisees to open new restaurants.  Delays or failures in opening new restaurants could adversely affect our planned growth.

The development of new restaurants may be adversely affected by risks such as:
 
costs and availability of capital for the Company and/or franchisees;
competition for restaurant sites;
negotiation of favorable purchase or lease terms for restaurant sites;
inability to obtain all required governmental approvals and permits;
developed restaurants not achieving the expected revenue or cash flow; and
general economic conditions.
 
The restaurant business is highly competitive, and if we are unable to compete effectively, our business will be adversely affected.
 
We expect competition to continue to increase. The following are important aspects of competition:
 
restaurant location;
number and location of competing restaurants;
food quality and value;
training, courtesy and hospitality standards;
availability of and quality of staff;
dietary trends, including nutritional content;
quality and speed of service;
attractiveness and repair and maintenance of facilities; and
the effectiveness of marketing and advertising programs.
 
Each of our restaurants competes with a wide variety of restaurants ranging from national and regional restaurant chains to locally owned restaurants. There is also active competition for advantageous commercial real estate sites suitable for restaurants.

Many factors, including those over which we have no control, affect the trading price of our stock.

Factors such as reports on the economy or the price of commodities, as well as negative or positive announcements by competitors, regardless of whether the report directly relates to our business, could have an impact of the trading price of our stock. In addition to investor expectations about our prospects, trading activity in our stock can reflect the portfolio strategies and investment allocation changes of institutional holders, as well as non-operating initiatives such as a share repurchase program. Any failure to meet market expectations whether for sales growth rates, refranchising goals, earnings per share or other metrics could cause our share price to decline.

Our reputation and business could be materially harmed as a result of the failure to protect the integrity and security of guest information.

We receive and maintain certain personal information about our guests. Our use of this information is regulated at the federal and state levels, as well as by certain third party contracts. If our security and information systems are compromised or our business associates fail to comply with these laws and regulations and this information is obtained by unauthorized persons or used inappropriately, it could adversely affect our reputation, as well as operations, results of operations and financial condition, and could result in litigation against us or the imposition of penalties. As privacy and information security laws and regulations change, we may incur additional costs to ensure we remain in compliance.
 
 
7

 
 
Numerous government regulations impact our business, and our failure to comply with them could adversely affect our business.
 
We and our franchisees are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other things:
 
health;
sanitation;
land use, sign restrictions and environmental matters;
safety;
the sale of alcoholic beverages; and
hiring and employment practices, including minimum wage laws and fair labor standards.
 
Our restaurant operations are also subject to federal and state laws that prohibit discrimination and laws regulating the design and operation of facilities, such as the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. The operation of our franchisee system is also subject to regulations enacted by a number of states and rules promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission. If we or our franchisees fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we or our franchisees could be subjected to restaurant closure, fines, penalties, and litigation, which may be costly and could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the future enactment of additional legislation regulating the franchise relationship could adversely affect our operations.
 
Negative publicity generated by incidents at a few restaurants can adversely affect the operating results of our entire chain and the Denny’s brand.
 
Food safety concerns, criminal activity, alleged discrimination or other operating issues stemming from one restaurant or a limited number of restaurants do not just impact that particular restaurant or a limited number of restaurants. Rather, our entire chain of restaurants may be at risk from negative publicity generated by an incident at a single restaurant. This negative publicity can adversely affect the operating results of our entire chain and the Denny’s brand.
 
If we lose the services of any of our key management personnel, our business could suffer.
 
Our future success significantly depends on the continued services and performance of our key management personnel. Our future performance will depend on our ability to motivate and retain these and other key officers and key team members, particularly regional and area managers and restaurant general managers. Competition for these employees is intense. The loss of the services of members of our senior management or key team members or the inability to attract additional qualified personnel as needed could harm our business.
  
If our internal controls are ineffective, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

We maintain a documented system of internal controls which is reviewed and tested by the Company’s full time Internal Audit Department. The Internal Audit Department reports to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. We believe we have a well-designed system to maintain adequate internal controls on the business; however, we cannot be certain that our controls will be adequate in the future or that adequate controls will be effective in preventing errors or fraud. Any failures in the effectiveness of our internal controls could have an adverse effect on our operating results or cause us to fail to meet reporting obligations.
 
Risks Related to our Indebtedness
 
Our indebtedness could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operations.
 
On September 30, 2010, in connection with a refinancing of our then existing indebtedness, we amended and restated our Old Credit Facility by entering into the New Credit Facility. The New Credit Facility consists of a $50 million five year senior secured revolver (with a $30 million letter of credit sublimit) and a $250 million six year senior secured term loan. A portion of the proceeds of the New Credit Facility were used to repurchase or redeem our previously outstanding $175 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Notes. As of December 29, 2010, we had total indebtedness of approximately $263.3 million.
 
Our level of indebtedness could:
 
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;
require us to continue to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay interest and principal on our indebtedness, which would reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or pursuing business opportunities;
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that may have less indebtedness; and
limit our ability to borrow additional funds.
 
Despite our current and anticipated debt levels, we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The credit agreement governing our indebtedness limits, but does not fully prohibit, us from incurring additional indebtedness. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.
 
 
8

 
 
We continue to monitor our cash flow and liquidity needs. Although we believe that our existing cash balances, funds from operations and amounts available under our New Credit Facility will be adequate to cover those needs, we may seek additional sources of funds including additional financing sources and continued selected asset sales, to maintain sufficient cash flow to fund our ongoing operating needs, pay interest and scheduled debt amortization and fund anticipated capital expenditures over the next twelve months. There are no material debt maturities until September 2015. If we are unable to satisfy or refinance our current debt as it comes due, we may default on our debt obligations. If we default on payments under our debt obligations, virtually all of our other debt would become immediately due and payable.
 
For additional information concerning our indebtedness see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
Our debt instruments include restrictive covenants. These covenants may restrict or prohibit our ability to engage in or enter a variety of transactions. A breach of these covenants could cause acceleration of a significant portion of our outstanding indebtedness.
 
The credit agreement governing our indebtedness contains various covenants that limit, among other things, our ability to:
 
incur additional indebtedness;
pay dividends or make distributions or certain other restricted payments;
make certain investments;
create dividend or other payment restrictions affecting restricted subsidiaries;
issue or sell capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;
guarantee indebtedness;
enter into transactions with stockholders or affiliates;
create liens;
sell assets and use the proceeds thereof;
engage in sale-leaseback transactions; and
enter into certain mergers and consolidations.
 
These covenants could have an adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger, acquisition or other corporate opportunities and to fund our operations.
 
Our credit agreement contains additional restrictive covenants, including financial maintenance requirements.  Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control (such as uncertainties related to the current economy), and we cannot be sure that we will be able to comply with these covenants
 
A breach of a covenant or other provision in any debt instrument governing our current or future indebtedness could result in a default under that instrument and, due to cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions, could result in a default under our other debt instruments. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under any of our debt instruments, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them, if any, to secure the indebtedness. If the lenders under our current or future indebtedness accelerate the payment of the indebtedness, we cannot be sure that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full our outstanding indebtedness.
 
As a holding company, Denny’s Corporation depends on upstream payments from its operating subsidiaries. Accordingly, its ability to pay its obligations and to make any distributions to its shareholders depends on the performance of those subsidiaries and their ability to make distributions to Denny’s Corporation.

A substantial portion of our assets are owned, and a substantial percentage of our total operating revenues are earned, by our subsidiaries. Accordingly, Denny’s Corporation depends upon dividends, loans and other intercompany transfers from these subsidiaries to meet its obligations. These transfers may be subject to contractual and other restrictions.
 
The subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and they have no obligation to Denny's Corporation, contingent or otherwise (other than under the New Credit Facility with respect to which Denny’s Corporation is a guarantor and certain of its subsidiaries are borrowers), to make any funds available to meet its obligations, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payments. If the subsidiaries do not pay dividends or other distributions, Denny’s Corporation may not have sufficient cash to fulfill its obligations.
 
Our ability to make scheduled payments on our indebtedness will depend upon our subsidiaries’ operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Our historical financial results have been, and our future financial results are expected to be, subject to substantial fluctuations. We cannot be sure that our subsidiaries will generate sufficient cash flow from operations to enable us to service or reduce our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs.
 
If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations or fund our other liquidity needs, our subsidiaries may need to refinance all or a portion of their indebtedness on or before maturity or seek additional equity capital. We cannot be sure that they will be able to pay or refinance our indebtedness or that we will be able to obtain additional equity capital on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, especially in a difficult economic environment.
 
Item 1B.     Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
 
9

 
 
Item 2.     Properties
 
Most Denny’s restaurants are free-standing facilities, with property sizes averaging approximately one acre. The restaurant buildings average between 3,800 - 4,800 square feet, allowing them to accommodate an average of 130-150 guests. The number and location of our restaurants as of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009 are presented below:

   
2010
   
2009
 
State/Country
 
Company-Owned
   
Franchised / Licensed
   
Total
   
Company-Owned
   
Franchised / Licensed
   
Total
 
Alabama
          4       4             3       3  
Alaska 
          3       3             3       3  
Arizona 
    10       68       78       18       58       76  
Arkansas 
          9       9             9       9  
California 
    74       346       420       80       328       408  
Colorado 
    8       19       27       7       19       26  
Connecticut 
          8       8             8       8  
Delaware 
    1             1       1             1  
District of Columbia 
          1       1             1       1  
Florida 
    22       136       158       22       132       154  
Georgia 
    1       15       16             14       14  
Hawaii 
    6       3       9       5       3       8  
Idaho 
          9       9             7       7  
Illinois 
    19       38       57       17       35       52  
Indiana 
    1       36       37       1       32       33  
Iowa 
          3       3             1       1  
Kansas 
          8       8             8       8  
Kentucky 
    8       7       15       6       6       12  
Louisiana 
    1       2       3       1       1       2  
Maine 
          6       6             6       6  
Maryland 
    3       21       24       3       20       23  
Massachusetts 
          6       6             6       6  
Michigan 
    6       16       22       9       13       22  
Minnesota 
          13       13             14       14  
Mississippi 
          2       2             1       1  
Missouri 
    7       32       39       4       30       34  
Montana 
          5       5             4       4  
Nebraska 
          3       3             1       1  
Nevada 
    8       24       32       8       22       30  
New Hampshire 
          3       3             3       3  
New Jersey 
    3       5       8       2       8       10  
New Mexico 
          26       26             24       24  
New York 
    1       48       49       1       42       43  
North Carolina 
          20       20             19       19  
North Dakota 
          4       4             4       4  
Ohio 
    3       35       38       4       28       32  
Oklahoma 
          16       16             13       13  
Oregon 
          24       24             24       24  
Pennsylvania 
    18       22       40       17       19       36  
Rhode Island 
          2       2             2       2  
South Carolina 
          16       16             14       14  
South Dakota 
          3       3             2       2  
Tennessee 
    2       4       6       1       3       4  
Texas 
    19       157       176       20       140       160  
Utah 
          23       23             21       21  
Vermont 
          2       2             2       2  
Virginia 
    10       20       30       6       19       25  
Washington 
          46       46             50       50  
West Virginia 
          2       2             2       2  
Wisconsin 
          18       18             17       17  
Wyoming
    1             1                    
Guam 
          2       2             2       2  
Puerto Rico 
          11       11             11       11  
Canada 
          58       58             49       49  
Other International 
          16       16             15       15  
Total 
    232       1,426       1,658       233       1,318       1,551  
  
 
10

 
 
Of the total 1,658 units in the Denny's brand, our interest in restaurant properties consists of the following:
 
   
Company-Owned Units
   
Franchised Units
   
Total
 
Own land and building 
   
51
     
41
     
92
 
Lease land and own building 
   
16
     
     
16
 
Lease both land and building 
   
165
     
374
     
539
 
     
232
     
415
     
647
 
 
We have generally been able to renew our restaurant leases as they expire at then-current market rates. The remaining terms of leases range from less than one to approximately 22 years, including optional renewal periods. In addition to the restaurants, we own an 18-story, 187,000 square foot office building in Spartanburg, South Carolina, which serves as our corporate headquarters. Our corporate offices currently occupy approximately 16 floors of the building, with a portion of the building leased to others.
 
See Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for information concerning encumbrances on substantially all of our properties.
 
Item 3.     Legal Proceedings
 
On July 23, 2010, the Company received notice that our former Chief Executive Officer had elected to arbitrate issues with respect to the settlement of any outstanding obligations related to his departure. As a result, we recorded $2.3 million of severance and other restructuring charges. On November 2, 2010, we settled all outstanding obligations related to this matter.
 
There are various other claims and pending legal actions against or indirectly involving us, including actions concerned with civil rights and safety of employees and guests, other employment related matters, taxes, sales of franchise rights and businesses and other matters. Based on our examination of these matters and our experience to date, we have recorded liabilities reflecting our best estimate of loss, if any, with respect to these matters. However, the ultimate disposition of these matters cannot be determined with certainty.
 
Item 4.     Reserved
 
PART II
 
Item 5.     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Market Information

Our common stock is listed under the symbol “DENN” and trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market. The following table lists the high and low sales prices of the common stock for each quarter of fiscal years 2010 and 2009, according to NASDAQ.
 
   
High
   
Low
 
2010
           
First quarter 
 
$
3.99
   
$
2.16
 
Second quarter 
   
3.99
     
2.45
 
Third quarter 
   
2.98
     
2.29
 
Fourth quarter 
   
3.84
     
2.93
 
                 
2009
               
First quarter 
 
$
2.23
   
$
1.15
 
Second quarter 
   
3.10
     
1.60
 
Third quarter 
   
2.87
     
2.07
 
Fourth quarter 
   
3.02
     
2.14
 
 
Stockholders

As of March 1, 2011,  99,168,293 shares of common stock were outstanding, and there were approximately 12,740 record and beneficial holders of common stock.

Dividends and Share Repurchases
 
Historically, we have not paid dividends on our common equity securities and our Old Credit Facility contained restrictions that prohibited us from doing so. Our New Credit Facility allows for the payment of cash dividends and/or the purchase of Common Stock subject to certain limitations and continued maintenance of all relevant covenants before and after any such payment of any dividend or stock purchase. The determination of the aggregate amount available for such dividends or stock purchases is based on the following:
 
·
a $10 million amount that can be used immediately or from time to time during the term of the facility subject to a reduction for the use of such amount for certain investments and capital expenditures; 
·
starting in 2011, an annual aggregate amount equal to $0.05 times the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, that may not be carried forward to a future year if unused; and
·
starting in 2011, an annual amount based on Excess Cash Flow, as defined by the Credit Agreement, with the percentage available for any dividend or stock repurchase either set at 50% or 75% of said Excess Cash Flow based on achievement of certain financial ratios with the amount carried forward to future years if unused.
 
 
11

 
 
As of December 29, 2010, as more fully described in the table below, we had repurchased 1,036,800 shares of Common Stock for approximately $3.9 million under the share repurchase program that was approved by the Board of Directors in November 2010.
 
Period  
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased
   
 
 
Average Price Paid Per Share
   
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Programs (1)(2)
    Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Program (2)  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)    
December 2010     1,037     $ 3.72       1,037       1,963  
   Total 2010     1,037     $ 3.72       1,037       1,963  
 
(1) On November 9, 2010, we announced that our Board of Directors had approved the repurchase of 3 million shares of Common Stock, which may take place from time to time on the open market (including in pre-arranged stock trading plans in accordance with the guidelines specified in Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) or through negotiated transactions, subject to market and business conditions.
(2) As of December 29, 2010, we had purchased 1,036,800 share of Common Stock, for aggregate consideration of approximately $3.9 million, pursuant to the share repurchase program, leaving an additional 1,963,200 shares remaining authorized for purchase under the program. Our share repurchase program expires December 31, 2011.
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth information as of December 29, 2010 with respect to our compensation plans under which equity securities of Denny’s Corporation are authorized for issuance.

Plan category
 
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
   
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
   
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans
 
Equity compensation plans approved  by
    security holders
    7,190,216 (1)   $ 2.74       2,390,014 (2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by
    security  holders
    650,000 (3)     3.20       850,000 (4)
Total
    7,840,216     $ 2.76       3,240,014  
 
(1)
Includes shares issuable pursuant to the grant or exercise of awards under the Denny’s Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2008 Omnibus Plan”), the Denny’s Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2004 Omnibus Plan”), the Denny’s Inc. Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan for Executives, the Advantica Stock Option Plan and the Advantica Restaurant Group Director Stock Option Plan (collectively, the "Denny's Incentive Plans").
   
(2)
Includes shares of Common Stock available for issuance as awards of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock units and performance awards, under the 2008 Omnibus Plan and the 2004 Omnibus Plan.
   
(3) Includes shares issuable pursuant to the grant or exercise of employment inducement awards of stock options and restricted stock units granted outside of the Denny's Incentive Plans in accordance with NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c)(4).
   
(4) Includes shares of Common Stock available for issuance as awards of stock options and restricted stock units outside of the Denny's Incentive Plans in accordance with NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c)(4).
 
 
12

 
 
Performance Graph
 
The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholders’ return on our Common Stock for the five fiscal years ended December 29, 2010 (December 28, 2005 to December 29, 2010) against the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000® Index and a peer group.  The graph and table assume that $100 was invested on December 28, 2005 (the last day of fiscal year 2005) in each of the Company’s Common Stock, the Russell 2000® Index and the peer group and that all dividends were reinvested.
 
COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN AMONG
DENNY’S CORPORATION, RUSSELL 2000® INDEX AND PEER GROUP
 
STOCKHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
 
ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON DECEMBER 28, 2005
ASSUMES DIVIDENDS REINVESTED
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2010
 
   
Russell 2000®
Index (1)
   
Peer Group (2)
   
Denny's Corporation
 
December 28, 2005
 
$
100.00
   
$
100.00
   
$
100.00
 
December 27, 2006
 
$
118.35
   
$
113.12
   
$
116.88
 
December 26, 2007
 
$
116.52
   
$
81.07
   
$
93.05
 
December 31, 2008
 
$
77.14
   
$
62.23
   
$
49.38
 
December 30, 2009
 
$
98.11
   
$
78.99
   
$
54.34
 
December 29, 2010
 
$
124.45
   
$
105.40
   
$
88.82
 
 
(1)
The Russell 2000 Index is a broad equity market index of 2,000 companies that measures the performance of the small-cap segment of the U.S. equity universe. As of December 31, 2010, the average market capitalization of companies within the index was approximately $1.3 billion with the median market capitalization being approximately $0.5 billion.
   
(2)
The peer group consists of 17 public companies that operate in the restaurant industry. The peer group includes the following companies: Bob Evans Farms, Inc. (BOBE), Buffalo Wild Wings, Inc. (BWLD), Cracker Barrel Old Country Store, Inc. (CBRL), O’Charleys Inc. (CHUX), California Pizza Kitchen, Inc. (CPKI), Domino’s Pizza, Inc. (DPZ), Darden Restaurants, Inc. (DRI), Brinker International, Inc. (EAT), DineEquity, Inc. (DIN), Jack In The Box Inc. (JACK), Panera Bread Company (PNRA), Papa John’s International, Inc. (PZZA), Red Robin Gourmet Burgers, Inc. (RRGB), Ruby Tuesday, Inc. (RT), Sonic Corp. (SONC), Texas Roadhouse, Inc. (TXRH) and Wendy’s/Arby’s Group, Inc. (WEN).
 
 
13

 
 
Item 6.     Selected Financial Data
 
The following table provides selected financial data that was extracted or derived from our audited financial statements. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report.
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008 (a)
   
December 26, 2007
   
December 27, 2006
 
   
(In millions, except ratios and per share amounts)
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                             
Operating revenue 
 
$
548.5
   
$
608.1
   
$
760.3
   
$
939.4
   
$
994.0
 
Operating income
   
55.2
     
72.4
     
60.9
     
79.8
     
110.5
 
Income from continuing operations before cumulative
effect of change in accounting principle
   
22.7
     
41.6
     
12.7
     
29.5
     
28.5
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
   
     
     
     
     
0.2
 
Income from continuing operations
   
22.7
     
41.6
     
12.7
     
29.5
     
28.7
 
                                         
Basic net income per share:
                                       
Basic net income before cumulative effect of change
in accounting principle, net of tax
 
$
0.23
   
$
0.43
   
$
0.13
   
$
0.31
   
$
0.31
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle,
net of tax
   
     
     
     
     
0.00
 
Basic net income per share from continuing
operations
 
$
0.23
   
$
0.43
   
$
0.13
   
$
0.31
   
$
0.31
 
                                         
Diluted net income per share:
                                       
Diluted net income before cumulative effect of
change in accounting principle, net of tax
 
$
0.22
   
$
0.42
   
$
0.13
   
$
0.30
   
$
0.29
 
Cumulative of effect of change in accounting principle,
net of tax
   
     
     
     
     
0.00
 
Diluted net income per share from continuing
operations
 
$
0.22
   
$
0.42
   
$
0.13
   
$
0.30
   
$
0.30
 
                                         
Cash dividends per common share (b)
   
     
     
     
     
 
                                         
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                       
Current assets
 
$
62.5
   
$
58.3
   
$
53.5
   
$
57.9
   
$
63.2
 
Working capital deficit (c)
   
(27.8
)
   
(33.8
)
   
(53.7
)
   
(73.6
)
   
(72.6
)
Net property and equipment 
   
129.5
     
131.5
     
160.0
     
184.6
     
236.3
 
Total assets 
   
311.2
     
312.6
     
341.8
     
373.9
     
442.7
 
Long-term debt, excluding current portion 
   
253.1
     
274.0
     
322.7
     
346.8
     
440.7
 
 
(a)
The fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 includes 53 weeks of operations as compared with 52 weeks for all other years presented. We estimate that the additional, or 53 rd , week added approximately $14.3 million of operating revenue in 2008.
   
(b)
Our previous bank facilities have prohibited, our current bank facility significantly limits and our previous public debt indentures significantly limited, distributions and dividends on Denny’s Corporation’s common equity securities. See Part II Item 5.
   
(c)
A negative working capital position is not unusual for a restaurant operating company. The decrease in working capital deficit from December 26, 2007 to December 29, 2010 is primarily due to the sale of company-owned restaurants to franchisees during 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010.
 
 
14

 
 
Item 7.     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data,” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto.
 
Overview
 
Denny’s Corporation (Denny’s) is one of America’s largest family-style restaurant chains. Our fiscal year ends on the Wednesday in December closest to December 31 of each year. As a result, a fifty-third week is added to a fiscal year every five or six years.  Fiscal 2008 included 53 weeks of operations, whereas 2010 and 2009 each included 52 weeks of operations. Our revenues are derived primarily from two sources: the sale of food and beverages at our company-owned restaurants and the collection of royalties and fees from restaurants operated by our franchisees under the Denny’s name. Sales and customer traffic at both company-operated and franchised restaurants are affected by the success of our marketing campaigns, new product introductions and customer service, as well as external factors including competition, economic conditions affecting consumer spending and changes in guest tastes and preferences.
 
Our operating costs are exposed to volatility in two main areas: product costs and payroll and benefit costs. Many of the products sold in our restaurants are affected by commodity pricing and are, therefore, subject to price volatility. This volatility is caused by factors that are fundamentally outside of our control and are often unpredictable. In general, we purchase food products based on market prices or we set firm prices in purchase agreements with our vendors. Our ability to lock in prices on certain key commodities is imperative to control food costs in an environment in which many commodity prices are on the rise. In addition, our continued success with menu management helps us to maintain favorable product costs. Our new $2-$4-$6-$8 Everyday Value Menu along with other promotional activities are generally focused on menu items with lower food costs that still provide a compelling value to our customers. The volatility of payroll and benefit costs results primarily from changes in wage rates and increases in labor related expenses such as medical benefit costs and workers’ compensation costs. A number of our employees are paid the minimum wage. Accordingly, substantial increases in the minimum wage increase our labor costs. Additionally, changes in guest counts and investments in store-level labor impact payroll and benefit costs as a percentage of sales.
 
Our focus on the following initiatives has had a significant impact on our financial performance during 2010 and over the past several years :
 
Franchise Growth Initiative
 
During 2010, we continued our Franchise Growth Initiative, a strategic initiative to increase franchise restaurant development through the sale of certain geographic clusters of company restaurants to both current and new franchisees. In 2010, as a result of our FGI, we sold 24 restaurant operations and certain related real estate to 14 franchisees for net proceeds of $9.8 million. As of December 29, 2010, we have sold 314 company restaurants since our FGI program began in early 2007.
 
Fulfilling the unit growth expectations of this program, certain franchisees that purchased company restaurants over the past several years have also signed development agreements to build additional new franchise restaurants. In addition to franchise development agreements signed under our FGI, we have been negotiating development agreements outside of our FGI program under our Market Growth Incentive Plan.  The positive impact of these development programs is evident in the increasing number of franchise restaurant openings over the past several years.
 
Conversion of Flying J Travel Center Restaurants
 
During 2010, Denny's was selected as the full-service restaurant operator of choice for Pilot Travel Centers LLC. Also, during the year, Pilot merged with Flying J Travel Centers. Now named Pilot Flying J, the company is North America’s largest retail operator of travel centers. We began converting former Flying J restaurant operations in July 2010, and as of December 29, 2010, had converted 100 sites, 21 of which operate as company restaurants and 79 of which operate as franchise restaurants.
 
Specifically, our focus on these growth initiatives has impacted our financial performance as follows:
 
·
Company restaurant sales have decreased from $648.3 million in 2008 to $423.9 million in 2010 primarily as a result of the sale of restaurants to franchisees.
·
The decline in company restaurant revenues is partially offset by increased royalty income derived from the growth in the franchise restaurant base resulting from both traditional development and the conversion of restaurants. As a result, royalty income, which is included as a component of franchise and license revenue, has increased from $70.1 million in 2008 to $73.0 million in 2010. 
·
The resulting net reduction in total revenue related to our FGI is generally recovered by the benefits of a lower cost structure related to franchise and license revenues, a decrease in depreciation and amortization from the sale of restaurant related assets to franchisees (from $39.8 million in 2008 to $29.6 million in 2010) and a reduction in interest expense resulting from the use of proceeds to reduce debt (from $35.5 million in 2008 to $25.8 million in 2010).
·
Initial franchise fees, included as a component of franchise and license revenue, are generally recognized in the period in which a restaurant is sold to a franchisee or when a new unit is opened. These initial fees are completely dependent on the number of restaurants sold to or opened by franchisees during a particular period, and as a result, can cause fluctuations in our total franchise and license revenue from year to year.
·
Occupancy revenues, also included as a component of franchise and license revenue, result from leasing or subleasing restaurants to franchisees. As a result of our FGI, occupancy revenues have increased from $37.0 million in 2008 to $44.8 million in 2010. Additionally, when a restaurant is sold and leased or subleased to a franchisee, the occupancy costs related to these restaurants moves from costs of company restaurant sales to costs of franchise and license revenue to match the related occupancy revenue. Occupancy costs related to franchise units has increased from $28.5 million in 2008 to $34.4 million in 2010. 
·
Gains on sales of assets are primarily dependent on the number of restaurants sold to franchisees during a particular period, and as a result, can cause fluctuations in net income from year to year. As we near the completion of our FGI, gains on sales of assets will continue to decrease.
 
 
15

 
 
As a result of the development efforts described above, over the past five years we have transitioned from a portfolio mix of 66% franchised and 34% company-operated to a portfolio mix of 86% franchised and 14% company-operated. Our targeted portfolio mix is 90% franchised and 10% company-operated. We anticipate achieving this goal through a combination of new franchise unit growth and the sale of restaurants to franchisees over the next couple of years. We expect that the future growth of the brand will come primarily from the development of franchise restaurants.
 
Debt Refinancing
 
Interest expense has a significant impact on our net income as a result of our indebtedness. However, during 2009 and 2010, we continued to reduce interest expense through a series of debt repayments using the proceeds generated from our FGI transactions, sales of real estate and cash flow from operations. These repayments resulted in an overall debt reduction of approximately $46.7 million during 2009 and $15.0 million during 2010.
 
On September 30, 2010, we refinanced our then existing credit facility and entered into an amended and restated senior secured credit agreement in an aggregate principal of $300 million. The New Credit Facility consists of a $50 million five year senior secured revolver and a $250 million six year senior secured term loan. Interest on the New Credit Facility was initially payable at per annum rates equal to LIBOR plus 475 basis points with a LIBOR floor of 1.75% for both the revolver and the term loan. Proceeds from the New Credit Facility were used principally to repurchase or redeem the then outstanding $175 million aggregate principal amount of the 10% Notes and to repay the $65 million term loan under the Old Credit Facility. Interest on the term loan under the Old Credit Facility was payable at per annum rates equal to LIBOR plus 200 basis points.
 
On March 1, 2011, subsequent to fiscal year 2010, we completed a re-pricing of the New Credit Facility to reduce the interest rate under the facility. Interest on the New Credit Facility, as amended, is payable at per annum rates equal to LIBOR plus 375 basis points, with a LIBOR floor of 1.50% for the term loan and no LIBOR floor for the revolver.
 
The combination of lower debt balances and lower overall interest rates on our debt will continue to positively benefit our financial performance on an ongoing basis.
 
Share Repurchase
 
The New Credit Facility permits the payment of cash dividends and/or the purchase of Denny’s stock subject to certain limitations. In November 2010, the Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing us to repurchase up to 3.0 million shares of our Common Stock. As of December 29, 2010, we had repurchased 1,036,800 shares of Common Stock for approximately $3.9 million under the share repurchase program.
 
 
16

 
 
Statements of Operations
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended
 
 
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Revenue: 
                           
Company restaurant sales (a)
$
423,936
 
77.3
%
 
$
488,948
   
80.4
%
 
$
648,264
   
85.3
%
Franchise and license revenue (b)
 
124,530
 
22.7
%
   
119,155
   
19.6
%
   
112,007
   
14.7
%
Total operating revenue 
 
548,466
 
100.0
%
   
608,103
   
100.0
%
   
760,271
   
100.0
%
                                       
Costs of company restaurant sales (c): 
                                     
Product costs 
 
101,470
 
23.9
%
   
114,861
   
23.5
%
   
157,545
   
24.3
%
Payroll and benefits 
 
172,533
 
40.7
%
   
197,612
   
40.4
%
   
271,933
   
41.9
%
Occupancy 
 
27,967
 
6.6
%
   
31,937
   
6.5
%
   
40,415
   
6.2
%
Other operating expenses 
 
64,029
 
15.1
%
   
73,496
   
15.0
%
   
100,182
   
15.5
%
Total costs of company restaurant sales
 
365,999
 
86.3
%
   
417,906
   
85.5
%
   
570,075
   
87.9
%
                                       
Costs of franchise and license revenue (c) 
 
46,987
 
37.7
%
   
42,626
   
35.8
%
   
34,933
   
31.2
%
                                       
General and administrative expenses 
 
55,619
 
10.1
%
   
57,282
   
9.4
%
   
60,970
   
8.0
%
Depreciation and amortization 
 
29,637
 
5.4
%
   
32,343
   
5.3
%
   
39,766
   
5.2
%
Operating (gains), losses and other charges, net
 
(4,944
)
(0.9
%)
   
(14,483
)
 
(2.4
%)
   
(6,384
)
 
(0.8
%)
Total operating costs and expenses
 
493,298
 
89.9
%
   
535,674
   
88.1
%
   
699,360
   
92.0
%
Operating income 
 
55,168
 
10.1
%
   
72,429
   
11.9
%
   
60,911
   
8.0
%
Other expenses: 
                                     
Interest expense, net 
 
25,792
 
4.7
%
   
32,600
   
5.4
%
   
35,457
   
4.7
%
Other nonoperating expense (income), net
 
5,282
 
1.0
%
   
(3,125
)
 
(0.5
%)
   
9,190
   
1.2
%
Total other expenses, net 
 
31,074
 
5.7
%
   
29,475
   
4.8
%
   
44,647
   
5.9
%
Net income before income taxes
 
24,094
 
4.4
%
   
42,954
   
7.1
%
   
16,264
   
2.1
%
Provision for income taxes
 
1,381
 
0.3
%
   
1,400
   
0.2
%
   
3,522
   
0.5
%
Net income
$
22,713
 
4.1
%
 
$
41,554
   
6.8
%
 
$
12,742
   
1.7
%
                                       
Other Data:
                                     
Company-owned average unit sales
$
1,813
       
$
1,810
         
$
1,813
       
Franchise average unit sales
$
1,361
       
$
1,396
         
$
1,490
       
Company-owned equivalent units (d)
 
234
         
270
           
357
       
Franchise equivalent units (d)
 
1,349
         
1,274
           
1,186
       
Same-store sales decrease (company-owned) (e)(f)
 
(3.6
%)
       
(3.7
%)
         
(1.4
%)
     
Guest check average (decrease) increase (f) 
 
(1.7
%)
       
1.0
%
         
5.9
%
     
Guest count decrease (f)
 
(1.9
%)
       
(4.6
%)
         
(6.9
%)
     
Same-store sales decrease (franchised and licensed
units) (e)(f)
 
(3.7
%)
       
(5.2
%)
         
(4.6
%)
     
 
(a)
We estimate that the additional, or 53 rd , week added approximately $12.1 million of company restaurant sales in 2008.
   
(b)
We estimate that the additional, or 53 rd , week added approximately $2.2 million of franchise and license revenue in 2008, consisting of $1.5 million of royalties and $0.7 million of occupancy revenue.
   
(c)
Costs of company restaurant sales percentages are as a percentage of company restaurant sales. Costs of franchise and license revenue percentages are as a percentage of franchise and license revenue. All other percentages are as a percentage of total operating revenue.
   
(d)
Equivalent units are calculated as the weighted-average number of units outstanding during the defined time period.
   
(e)
Same-store sales include sales from restaurants that were open the same period in the prior year. For purposes of calculating same-store sales, the 53 rd week of 2008 was compared to the 1 st week of 2008.
   
(f)
Prior year amounts have not been restated for 2010 comparable units.
 
 
17

 
 
2010 Compared with 2009
 
Unit Activity
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
Company-owned restaurants, beginning of period
   
233
     
315
 
Units opened
   
24
     
1
 
Units relocated
   
1
     
 
Units sold to franchisees
   
 (24
)
   
 (81
)
Units closed (including units relocated)
   
(2
)
   
(2
)
End of period
   
232
     
233
 
                 
Franchised and licensed restaurants, beginning of period
   
1,318
     
1,226
 
Units opened
   
112
     
39
 
Units relocated
   
4
     
3
 
Units purchased from Company
   
 24
     
 81
 
Units closed (including units relocated)
   
(32
)
   
(31
)
End of period
   
1,426
     
1,318
 
Total restaurants, end of period
   
1,658
     
1,551
 
  
Of the 136 units opened during the year ended December 29, 2010, 21 company-owned and 79 franchise units represent conversions of restaurants at Pilot Flying J Travel Centers.

Company Restaurant Operations
 
During the year ended December 29, 2010, we incurred a 3.6% decrease in same-store sales, comprised of a 1.7% decrease in guest check average and a 1.9% decrease in guest counts. Company restaurant sales decreased $65.0 million, or 13.3%, primarily resulting from a 36 equivalent unit decrease in company-owned restaurants. The decrease in equivalent units primarily resulted from the sale of company-owned restaurants to franchisees.
 
Total costs of company restaurant sales as a percentage of company restaurant sales increased to 86.3% from 85.5%. Product costs increased to 23.9% from 23.5% due to the impact of increased commodity costs and a higher mix of value priced items. Payroll and benefits costs increased to 40.7% from 40.4% primarily as a result of a $4.6 million reduction in workers’ compensation claims development benefit (0.8%), partially offset by a decrease in incentive compensation (0.7%). Occupancy costs increased to 6.6% from 6.5%. Other operating expenses were comprised of the following amounts and percentages of company restaurant sales:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Utilities 
 
$
18,221
     
4.3
%
 
$
23,083
     
4.7
%
Repairs and maintenance 
   
7,428
     
1.8
%
   
9,909
     
2.0
%
Marketing 
   
17,376
     
4.1
%
   
20,082
     
4.1
%
Legal settlement costs
   
446
     
0.1
%
   
412
     
0.1
%
Other direct costs
   
20,558
     
4.8
%
   
20,010
     
4.1
%
Other operating expenses 
 
$
64,029
     
15.1
%
 
$
73,496
     
15.0
%
 
Utilities decreased 0.4 percentage points primarily due to the recognition of $1.5 million in losses on natural gas contracts during the prior year.  Other direct costs increased 0.7 percentage points primarily as a result of expenses related to new store openings and a reduction in credit card settlement receipts.
 
Franchise Operations
 
Franchise and license revenue and costs of franchise and license revenue were comprised of the following amounts and percentages of franchise and license revenue for the periods indicated:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Royalties  
 
$
73,034
     
58.6
%
 
$
70,743
     
59.4
%
Initial and other fees
   
6,721
     
5.4
%
   
4,910
     
 4.1
%
Occupancy revenue 
   
44,775
     
36.0
%
   
43,502
     
36.5
%
Franchise and license revenue 
   
124,530
     
100.0
%
   
119,155
     
100.0
%
                                 
Occupancy costs 
   
34,373
     
27.6
%
   
33,658
     
28.3
%
Other direct costs 
   
12,614
     
10.1
%
   
8,968
     
7.5
%
Costs of franchise and license revenue 
 
$
46,987
     
37.7
%
 
$
42,626
     
35.8
%
 
 
18

 
 
Royalties increased by $2.3 million, or 3.2%, primarily resulting from a 75 equivalent-unit increase in franchised and licensed units, partially offset by the effects of a 3.7% decrease in same-store sales. The increase in equivalent-units primarily resulted from the conversion of 79 restaurants at Pilot Flying J Travel Centers during 2010. Initial fees increased by $1.8 million, or 36.9%. The increase in initial fees resulted from the higher number of restaurants opened by franchisees, partially offset by the lower number of restaurants sold to franchisees during 2010. The increase in occupancy revenue of $1.3 million, or 2.9%, is also primarily the result of the sale of restaurants to franchisees over the last 12 months.
 
Costs of franchise and license revenue increased by $4.4 million, or 10.2%. The increase in occupancy costs of $0.7 million, or 2.1%, is primarily the result of the sale of company-owned restaurants to franchisees. Other direct costs increased by $3.6 million, or 40.7%, primarily as a result of expenses associated with Pilot Flying J restaurant openings. As a result, costs of franchise and license revenue as a percentage of franchise and license revenue increased to 37.7% for the year ended December 29, 2010 from 35.8% for the year ended December 30, 2009.
 
Other Operating Costs and Expenses
 
Other operating costs and expenses such as general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization expense relate to both company and franchise operations.
 
General and administrative expenses were comprised of the following:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Share-based compensation 
 
$
2,840
   
$
4,671
 
General and administrative expenses 
   
52,779
     
52,611
 
Total general and administrative expenses 
 
$
55,619
   
$
57,282
 
 
The $1.8 million decrease in share-based compensation expense was primarily due to the departure of certain employees during the fourth quarter of 2009 and during 2010 and the adoption of lower cost share-based compensation plans during recent years. The $0.2 million increase in other general and administrative expenses was primarily the result of a $2.0 million increase in costs related to our 2010 proxy contest and a $1.0 million increase in relocation and recruiting costs related to our new executive team, partially offset by a $2.6 million decrease in incentive and deferred compensation.
 
Depreciation and amortization was comprised of the following:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Depreciation of property and equipment 
 
$
21,716
   
$
24,240
 
Amortization of capital lease assets 
   
2,814
     
2,723
 
Amortization of intangible assets 
   
5,107
     
5,380
 
Total depreciation and amortization 
 
$
29,637
   
$
32,343
 

The overall decrease in depreciation and amortization expense was due to the sale of company-owned restaurants to franchisees during 2009 and 2010. 

Operating (gains), losses and other charges, net were comprised of the following:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Gains on sales of assets and other, net
 
$
(9,481
)
 
$
(19,429
)
Restructuring charges and exit costs
   
4,162
     
3,960
 
Impairment charges
   
375
     
986
 
Operating (gains), losses and other charges, net
 
$
(4,944
)
 
$
(14,483
)
 
During the year ended December 29, 2010, we recognized $3.8 million of gains on the sale of 24 restaurant operations to 14 franchisees for net proceeds of $9.8 million (which included a note receivable of $0.2 million). In addition, during the year ended December 29, 2010, we recognized $5.5 million of gains on real estate sold to franchisees. During the year ended December 30, 2009, we recognized $12.5 million of gains on the sale of 81 restaurant operations to 18 franchisees for net proceeds of $30.3 million (which included notes receivable of $3.5 million). In addition, during the year ended December 30, 2009, we recognized $4.6 million of gains on real estate sold to franchisees. The remaining gains for the two periods resulted from the recognition of gains on the sale of other real estate assets and deferred gains.
 
 
19

 
 
Restructuring charges and exit costs were comprised of the following:  
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Exit costs
 
$
1,247
   
$
698
 
Severance and other restructuring charges 
   
2,915
     
3,262
 
Total restructuring and exist costs
 
$
4,162
   
$
3,960
 
 
Severance and other restructuring charges for the year ended December 29, 2010 included $2.3 million related to the departure of the Company's former Chief Executive Officer. The $3.3 million of severance and other restructuring charges for the year ended December 30, 2009 primarily resulted from the departure of our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Marketing Officer.

Impairment charges for the years ended December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009 generally related to underperforming or closed restaurants as well as restaurants and real estate identified as held for sale during the period.
  
Operating income was $55.2 million during 2010 compared with $72.4 million during 2009.
 
Interest expense, net was comprised of the following:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Interest on senior notes 
 
$
13,565
   
$
17,452
 
Interest on credit facilities 
   
5,406
     
8,101
 
Interest on capital lease liabilities 
   
3,911
     
3,785
 
Letters of credit and other fees 
   
1,703
     
1,695
 
Interest income 
   
(1,480
)
   
(1,721
)
Total cash interest 
   
23,105
     
29,312
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs 
   
1,045
     
1,077
 
Amortization of debt discount
   
160
     
 
Interest accretion on other liabilities 
   
1,482
     
2,211
 
Total interest expense, net 
 
$
25,792
   
$
32,600
 
 
The decrease in interest expense resulted from a decrease in interest rates under our New Credit Facility and debt reductions during the years ended December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, of $15.0 million and $46.7 million, respectively.

Other nonoperating expense (income), net was $5.3 million of expense for the year ended December 29, 2010 compared with nonoperating income of $3.1 million for the year ended December 30, 2009. The $8.4 million change was primarily the result of a $4.5 million loss related to our debt refinancing and a $3.2 million decrease in gains related to the prior year interest rate swap and natural gas hedge activity.
 
The provision for income taxes was $1.4 million for each of the years ended December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, respectively. We have provided valuation allowances related to any benefits from income taxes resulting from the application of a statutory tax rate to our NOL's generated in previous periods. In conjunction with our ongoing review of our actual results and anticipated future earnings, we have reassessed the possibility of releasing a portion or all of the valuation allowance currently in place on our deferred tax assets. Based upon this assessment, the release of the valuation allowance is not appropriate as of December 29, 2010, but may occur during 2011 or 2012. The required accounting for a release will involve significant tax amounts and will impact earnings in the quarter in which it is deemed appropriate to release the reserve. At December 29, 2010, the valuation allowance was approximately $126.6 million.
 
Net income was $22.7 million for the year ended December 29, 2010 compared with $41.6 million for the year ended December 30, 2009 due to the factors noted above.
 
 
20

 
 
2009 Compared with 2008
 
Unit Activity
 
        Fiscal Year Ended  
      December 30, 2009     December 31, 2008  
Company-owned restaurants, beginning of period
   
315
     
394
 
Units opened
   
1
     
3
 
Units sold to franchisees
   
 (81
)
   
 (79
)
Units closed
   
(2
)
   
(3
)
End of period
   
233
     
315
 
                 
Franchised and licensed restaurants, beginning of period
   
1,226
     
1,152
 
Units opened
   
39
     
31
 
Units relocated
   
3
     
1
 
Units purchased from Company
   
 81
     
 79
 
Units closed (including units relocated)
   
(31
)
   
(37
)
End of period
   
1,318
     
1,226
 
Total restaurants, end of period
   
1,551
     
1,541
 
 
Company Restaurant Operations
 
During the year ended December 30, 2009, we incurred a 3.7% decrease in same-store sales, comprised of a 1.0% increase in guest check average and a 4.6% decrease in guest counts. Company restaurant sales decreased $159.3 million, or 24.6%, primarily resulting from an 87 equivalent unit decrease in company-owned restaurants and the 53 rd week in 2008. The decrease in equivalent units primarily resulted from the sale of company-owned restaurants to franchisees.
 
Total costs of company restaurant sales as a percentage of company restaurant sales decreased to 85.5% from 87.9%. Product costs decreased to 23.5% from 24.3% due to price increases taken to help offset commodity inflation. Payroll and benefits costs decreased to 40.4% from 41.9% primarily as a result of $5.2 million in favorable workers’ compensation claims development over the prior year (1.2%). Payroll and benefit costs also benefited from improved scheduling of restaurant staff (0.7%), partially offset by higher incentive compensation (0.4%). Occupancy costs increased to 6.5% from 6.2% as a result of changes in the portfolio of company-owned restaurants and the decrease in same-store sales. Other operating expenses were comprised of the following amounts and percentages of company restaurant sales:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Utilities 
 
$
23,083
     
4.7
%
 
$
33,160
     
5.1
%
Repairs and maintenance 
   
9,909
     
2.0
%
   
14,592
     
2.3
%
Marketing 
   
20,082
     
4.1
%
   
23,243
     
3.6
%
Legal settlement costs
   
412
     
0.1
%
   
2,283
     
0.4
%
Other direct costs
   
20,010
     
4.1
%
   
26,904
     
4.2
%
Other operating expenses 
 
$
73,496
     
15.0
%
 
$
100,182
     
15.5
%
 
Utilities decreased 0.4 percentage points primarily due to lower natural gas and electricity costs. Marketing increased 0.5 percentage points primarily as a result of the establishment of local advertising cooperatives during 2008 and 2009. The overall decrease in other operating expenses primarily resulted from the sale of company-owned restaurants to franchisees.
 
Franchise Operations
 
Franchise and license revenue and costs of franchise and license revenue were comprised of the following amounts and percentages of franchise and license revenue for the periods indicated:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Royalties  
 
$
70,743
     
59.4
%
 
$
70,081
     
62.6
%
Initial and other fees
   
4,910
     
 4.1
%
   
4,949
     
 4.4
%
Occupancy revenue 
   
43,502
     
36.5
%
   
36,977
     
33.0
%
Franchise and license revenue
   
119,155
     
100.0
%
   
112,007
     
100.0
%
                                 
Occupancy costs 
   
33,658
     
28.3
%
   
28,451
     
25.4
%
Other direct costs 
   
8,968
     
7.5
%
   
6,482
     
5.8
%
Costs of franchise and license revenue 
 
$
42,626
     
35.8
%
 
$
34,933
     
31.2
%
 
 
21

 
 
Royalties increased by $0.7 million, or 0.9%, primarily resulting from an 88 equivalent unit increase in franchised and licensed units. This increase was partially offset by the decrease from the 53 rd week in 2008 and the effects of a 5.2% decrease in same-store sales. The increase in equivalent units resulted from the sale of company-owned restaurants to franchisees. During 2009, we opened 39 franchise restaurants and sold 81 restaurants to franchisees as compared to the opening of 31 franchise restaurants and the sale of 79 restaurants to franchisees during 2008. Although we opened more franchise units during 2009, initial fees remained essentially flat as a result of incentives included in certain franchise development agreements. The increase in occupancy revenue of $6.5 million, or 17.6%, is primarily the result of the sale of company-owned restaurants to franchisees, offset by the decrease from the 53 rd week in 2008.

Costs of franchise and license revenue increased by $7.7 million, or 22.0%. The increase in occupancy costs of $5.2 million, or 18.3%, was primarily the result of the sale of company-owned restaurants to franchisees. Other direct costs increased by $2.5 million, or 38.4%, primarily due to $1.1 million of franchise-related costs associated with our 2009 Super Bowl promotion and $1.0 million increase in field management labor and incentive compensation. As a result, costs of franchise and license revenue as a percentage of franchise and license revenue increased to 35.8% for the year ended December 30, 2009 from 31.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Other Operating Costs and Expenses
 
Other operating costs and expenses such as general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization expense relate to both company and franchise operations.
 
 
General and administrative expenses were comprised of the following:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Share-based compensation 
 
$
4,671
   
$
4,117
 
General and administrative expenses 
   
52,611
     
56,853
 
Total general and administrative expenses 
 
$
57,282
   
$
60,970
 
 
The $0.6 million increase in share-based compensation expense was primarily due to the adjustment of the liability classified restricted stock units to fair value as of December 30, 2009. The $4.2 million decrease in other general and administrative expenses was primarily the result of decreased staffing attributable to organizational structure changes implemented during the second quarter of 2008. This decrease was partially offset by a $2.8 million increase in expense related to our deferred compensation plan resulting from gains on the underlying assets of the plan and a $0.7 million increase in incentive compensation.
 
Depreciation and amortization was comprised of the following:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31,  2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Depreciation of property and equipment 
 
$
24,240
   
$
30,609
 
Amortization of capital lease assets 
   
2,723
     
3,420
 
Amortization of intangible assets 
   
5,380
     
5,737
 
Total depreciation and amortization 
 
$
32,343
   
$
39,766
 

The overall decrease in depreciation and amortization expense was due to the sale of company-owned restaurants to franchisees during 2008 and 2009. 

Operating (gains), losses and other charges, net were comprised of the following:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Gains on sales of assets and other, net
 
$
(19,429
)
 
$
(18,701
)
Restructuring charges and exit costs
   
3,960
     
9,022
 
Impairment charges
   
986
     
3,295
 
Operating (gains), losses and other charges, net
 
$
(14,483
)
 
$
(6,384
)
 
During the year ended December 30, 2009, we recognized $12.5 million of gains on the sale of 81 restaurant operations to 18 franchisees for net proceeds of $30.3 million (which included notes receivable of $3.5 million). In addition, during the year ended December 30, 2009, we recognized $4.6 million of gains on real estate sold to franchisees. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized $15.2 million of gains on the sale of 79 restaurant operations to 22 franchisees for net proceeds of $35.5 million (which included notes receivable of $2.7 million). In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized $0.9 million of gains on real estate sold to franchisees. The remaining gains for the two periods resulted from the recognition of gains on the sale of other real estate assets and deferred gains.
 
 
22

 
 
Restructuring charges and exit costs were comprised of the following:  
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Exit costs
 
$
698
   
$
3,435
 
Severance and other restructuring charges 
   
3,262
     
5,587
 
Total restructuring and exist costs
 
$
3,960
   
$
9,022
 
 
Exit costs for the year ended December 30, 2009 decreased by $2.7 million, primarily due to the favorable termination of certain leases related to closed restaurants. Severance and other restructuring charges decreased by $2.3 million. The $3.3 million of severance and other restructuring charges for the year ended December 30, 2009 primarily resulted from the departure of our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Marketing Officer. The $5.6 million of severance and other restructuring charges for the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily resulted from a reorganization to support our ongoing transition to a franchise-focused business model. The reorganization led to the elimination of approximately 70 positions in 2008.

Impairment charges for the years ended December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 related to underperforming restaurants, as well as restaurants and real estate held for sale.
  
Operating income was $72.4 million during 2009 compared with $60.9 million during 2008.
 
Interest expense, net was comprised of the following:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Interest on senior notes 
 
$
17,452
   
$
17,740
 
Interest on credit facilities 
   
8,101
     
9,278
 
Interest on capital lease liabilities 
   
3,785
     
3,804
 
Letters of credit and other fees 
   
1,695
     
2,019
 
Interest income 
   
(1,721
)
   
(1,289
)
Total cash interest 
   
29,312
     
31,552
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs 
   
1,077
     
1,100
 
Interest accretion on other liabilities 
   
2,211
     
2,805
 
Total interest expense, net 
 
$
32,600
   
$
35,457
 
 
The decrease in interest expense resulted primarily from the repayment of $46.7 million and $25.9 million on the credit facilities during the years ended December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
 
Other nonoperating expense (income), net was $3.1 million of income for the year ended December 30, 2009 compared with nonoperating expense of $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The $12.3 million improvement over the prior year was primarily comprised of a $7.6 million increase related to the interest rate swap and a $2.7 million increase related to gains on investments included in our deferred compensation plan.
 
The provision for income taxes was $1.4 million compared with $3.5 million for the years ended December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The reduction in our effective tax rate for the years ended December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 primarily resulted from the recognition of $0.7 million of current tax benefits in both 2009 and 2008 related to the enactment of certain federal laws during the first quarter of 2009 and the third quarter of 2008, respectively. We have provided valuation allowances related to any benefits from income taxes resulting from the application of a statutory tax rate to our net operating losses (“NOL”) generated in previous periods. In addition, during 2008, we utilized certain state NOL carryforwards and deductions from expired federal wage based income tax credits whose valuation allowances were established in connection with fresh start reporting on January 7, 1998. Accordingly, for the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized approximately $2.0 million of federal and state deferred tax expense with a corresponding reduction to the goodwill that was recorded in connection with fresh start reporting. The adoption of the Accounting Standards Codification’s guidance on business combinations during the first quarter of 2009 required that any additional reversal of deferred tax asset valuation allowance established in connection with fresh start reporting be recorded as a component of income tax expense rather than as a reduction to the goodwill established in connection with the fresh start reporting.
 
Net income was $41.6 million for the year ended December 30, 2009 compared with $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 due to the factors noted above.
 
 
23

 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Summary of Cash Flows
 
Our primary sources of liquidity and capital resources are cash generated from operations, borrowings under our New Credit Facility and, in recent years, cash proceeds from the sale of surplus properties and sales of restaurant operations to franchisees, to the extent allowed by our credit facility. Principal uses of cash are operating expenses, capital expenditures and debt repayments.
 
The following table presents a summary of our sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents for the periods indicated:
  
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
38,255
   
$
33,261
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
   
(5,280
)    
23,763
 
Net cash used in financing activities
   
(30,426
)
   
(51,541
)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
$
2,549
   
$
5,483
 
 
The increase in operating cash flows is primarily the result of timing differences in marketing spending and the reduction in our interest payments. We believe that our estimated cash flows from operations for 2011, combined with our capacity for additional borrowings under our credit facility, will enable us to meet our anticipated cash requirements and fund capital expenditures over the next twelve months.
 
Net cash flows used in investing activities were $5.3 million for the year ended December 29, 2010. These cash flows include capital expenditures of $27.4 million, partially offset by $18.7 million in proceeds from asset sales and collections of notes receivable of $3.4 million. Our principal capital requirements have been largely associated with the following:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Facilities
 
$
5,299
   
$
6,733
 
New construction 
   
16,287
     
4,604
 
Remodeling
   
3,527
     
4,130
 
Information technology
   
1,310
     
467
 
Strategic initiatives
   
193
     
1,065
 
Other
   
765
     
1,408
 
Total capital expenditures
 
$
27,381
   
$
18,407
 

The increase in new construction is primarily the result of the conversion of restaurants at Pilot Flying J Travel Centers. We generally expect our capital requirements to trend downward as we reduce our company-owned restaurant portfolio and remain selective in our new restaurant investments. In fiscal year 2011, capital expenditures are expected to be approximately $18 million, comprised primarily of costs related to the conversion of Pilot Flying J Travel Centers, facilities and new construction.
 
Cash flows used in financing activities were $30.4 million for the year ended December 29, 2010, which included long-term debt payments of $268.8 million, deferred financing costs of $5.3 million and debt financing costs of $2.7 million. These uses of cash were partially offset by $246.3 million of net borrowings on our Credit Facility, most of which related to our debt refinancing, as described below.
 
Refinancing of Credit Facility and Tender Offer

On September 30, 2010, our subsidiaries Denny’s, Inc. and Denny’s Realty, LLC, (the “Borrowers”), refinanced the Old Credit Facility and entered into the New Credit Facility. The New Credit Facility consists of a $50 million five year senior secured revolver (with a $30 million letter of credit sublimit) and a $250 million six year senior secured term loan.
 
Interest on the New Credit Facility was initially payable at per annum rates equal to LIBOR plus 475 basis points with a LIBOR floor of 1.75%. The term loan was issued at 98.5% reflecting an original issue discount (“OID”) of $3.8 million. The New Credit Facility includes an accordion feature that would allow the Borrowers to increase the size of the facility by $25 million subject to lender approval. The maturity date for the revolver is September 30, 2015. The maturity date for the term loan is September 30, 2016. The term loan amortizes in equal quarterly installments equal to approximately 1% per annum with all remaining amounts due on the maturity date. Mandatory prepayments will be required under certain circumstances and we will have the option to make certain prepayments under the New Credit Facility.
 
Proceeds from the New Credit Facility were used principally to repurchase or redeem the $175 million aggregate principal amount of the 10% Notes through a tender offer and subsequent redemption of the 10% Notes not tendered by noteholders pursuant to the tender offer and to repay the $65 million term loan under the Old Credit Facility. The New Credit Facility is guaranteed by the Company and its material subsidiaries and is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, including the stock of the Company’s subsidiaries. The New Credit Facility includes certain financial covenants with respect to a maximum leverage ratio, a maximum lease-adjusted leverage ratio, a minimum fixed charged coverage ratio and limitations on capital expenditures. These covenants are substantially similar to those that were contained in the Old Credit Facility.
 
As a result of the debt refinancing, we recorded $4.5 million of losses on early extinguishment of debt, consisting primarily of $1.8 million of transaction costs, $1.8 million from the write-off of deferred financing costs and other costs related to the tender offer. These losses are included as a component of other nonoperating expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
 
24

 
 
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
New Credit Facility:
           
Revolver loans outstanding due September 30, 2015
  $     $  
Term loans due September 30, 2016
    240,000        
Old Credit Facility (repaid during the year ended December 29, 2010):
               
Revolver loans outstanding due December 15, 2011
           
Term loans due March 31, 2012
          80,000  
Notes and debentures (repaid during the year ended December 29, 2010):
               
10% Senior Notes due October 1, 2012, interest payable semi-annually
          175,000  
Other notes payable, maturing 1/1/2013, payable in monthly installments
    with an interest rate of 9.17%
    181       257  
Capital lease obligations
    23,097       23,409  
   Total long-term debt     263,278       278,666  
Unamortized discount     (3,455      
   Total long-term debt, net     259,823          
Less current maturities and mandatory prepayments
    6,692       4,625  
Noncurrent portion of long-term debt
  $ 253,131     $ 274,041  
   
As of December 29, 2010, the term loan had a weighted-average interest rate of 6.50%. We had outstanding letters of credit of $26.4 million under our revolving letter of credit facility as of December 29, 2010. There were no revolving loans outstanding at December 29, 2010. These balances resulted in availability of $23.6 million under the revolving facility.
 
On March 1, 2011, subsequent to fiscal year 2010, we completed a re-pricing of the New Credit Facility to reduce the interest rates under the facility. Interest on the New Credit Facility, as amended, is payable at per annum rates equal to LIBOR plus 375 basis points, with a LIBOR floor of 1.50% for the term loan and no LIBOR floor for the revolver, compared with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 475 basis points and a LIBOR floor of 1.75% for both the revolver and the term loan prior to the re-pricing.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
Our future contractual obligations and commitments at December 29, 2010 consisted of the following:
 
   
Payments Due by Period
 
   
Total
   
Less than 1 Year
   
1-2 Years
   
3-4 Years
   
5 Years and Thereafter
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Long-term debt 
 
$
240,181
   
$
2,583
   
$
5,098
   
$
5,000
   
$
227,500
 
Capital lease obligations (a) 
   
37,600
     
7,675
     
12,999
     
7,965
     
8,961
 
Operating lease obligations 
   
270,144
     
38,731
     
66,331
     
52,106
     
112,976
 
Interest obligations (a)
   
87,149
     
15,552
     
30,596
     
29,941
     
11,060
 
Pension and other defined contribution plan
obligations (b) 
   
2,167
     
2,167
     
     
     
 
Purchase obligations (c) 
   
162,450
     
134,058
     
11,955
     
11,955
     
4,482
 
Total 
 
$
799,691
   
$
200,766
   
$
126,979
   
$
106,967
   
$
364,979
 
 
(a)
Interest obligations represent payments related to our long-term debt outstanding at December 29, 2010. For long-term debt with variable rates, we have used the rate applicable at December 29, 2010 to project interest over the periods presented in the table above. The capital lease obligation amounts above are inclusive of interest.
   
(b)
Pension and other defined contribution plan obligations are estimates based on facts and circumstances at December 29, 2010. Amounts cannot currently be estimated for more than one year.
   
(c)
Purchase obligations include amounts payable under purchase contracts for food and non-food products. Many of these agreements do not obligate us to purchase any specific volumes and include provisions that would allow us to cancel such agreements with appropriate notice. For agreements with cancellation provisions, amounts included in the table above represent our estimate of purchase obligations during the periods presented if we were to cancel these contracts with appropriate notice.
 
Unrecognized tax benefits are not included in the contractual obligations table as these liabilities may increase or decrease over time as a result of tax examinations, and given the status of the examinations, we cannot reliably estimate the period of any cash settlement with the respective taxing authorities. At December 29, 2010, there were no unrecognized tax benefits including potential interest and penalties.
 
At December 29, 2010, our working capital deficit was $27.8 million compared with $33.8 million at December 30, 2009. The decrease in working capital deficit primarily resulted from a $5.4 million decrease in accrued salaries and vacation and a $1.9 million increase in assets held for sale. We are able to operate with a substantial working capital deficit because (1) restaurant operations and most food service operations are conducted primarily on a cash (and cash equivalent) basis with a low level of accounts receivable, (2) rapid turnover allows a limited investment in inventories, and (3) accounts payable for food, beverages and supplies usually become due after the receipt of cash from the related sales.
 
 
25

 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Except for operating leases entered into the normal course of business, we do not have any off balance sheet arrangements.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to self-insurance liabilities, impairment of long-lived assets, restructuring and exit costs, income taxes and share-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions; however, we believe that our estimates, including those for the above-described items, are reasonable.
 
We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
Self-insurance liabilities. We record liabilities for insurance claims during periods in which we have been insured under large deductible programs or have been self-insured for our medical and dental claims and workers’ compensation, general/product and automobile insurance liabilities. Maximum self-insured retention, including defense costs per occurrence, ranges from $0.5 million to $1.0 million per individual claim for workers’ compensation and for general/product and automobile liability. The liabilities for prior and current estimated incurred losses are discounted to their present value based on expected loss payment patterns determined by independent actuaries using our actual historical payments. These estimates include assumptions regarding claims frequency and severity as well as changes in our business environment, medical costs and the regulatory environment that could impact our overall self-insurance costs.
 
Total discounted workers’ compensation and general liability insurance liabilities at December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009 were $26.2 million, reflecting a 1.5% discount rate, and $30.2 million, reflecting a 2.5% discount rate, respectively. The related undiscounted amounts at such dates were $27.3 million and $32.2 million, respectively.
 
Impairment of long-lived assets . We evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment at the restaurant level on a quarterly basis, when assets are identified as held for sale or whenever changes or events indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We assess impairment of restaurant-level assets based on the operating cash flows of the restaurant, expected proceeds from the sale of assets and our plans for restaurant closings. Generally, all units with negative cash flows from operations for the most recent twelve months at each quarter end are included in our assessment. In performing our assessment, we make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows, including estimated proceeds from similar asset sales, and other factors to determine both the recoverability and the estimated fair value of the respective assets. If the long-lived assets of a restaurant are not recoverable based upon estimated future, undiscounted cash flows, we write the assets down to their fair value. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record additional impairment charges.
 
During 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recorded impairment charges of $0.4 million, $1.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively, for underperforming restaurants, including restaurants closed and company-owned restaurants classified as held for sale.  These charges are included as a component of operating gains, losses and other charges, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. At December 29, 2010, we had a total of three restaurants with an aggregate net book value of approximately $1.5 million, after taking into consideration impairment charges recorded, which had negative cash flows from operations for the most recent twelve months.
 
Restructuring and exit costs. As a result of changes in our organizational structure and in our portfolio of restaurants, we have recorded charges for restructuring and exit costs. These costs consist primarily of the costs of future obligations related to closed units and severance and other restructuring charges for terminated employees. These costs are included as a component of operating gains, losses and other charges, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
Discounted liabilities for future lease costs and the fair value of related subleases of closed units are recorded when the units are closed.  All other costs related to closed units are expensed as incurred.  In assessing the discounted liabilities for future costs of obligations related to closed units, we make assumptions regarding amounts of future subleases. If these assumptions or their related estimates change in the future, we may be required to record additional exit costs or reduce exit costs previously recorded. Exit costs recorded for each of the periods presented include the effect of such changes in estimates.
 
The most significant estimate included in our accrued exit costs liabilities relates to the timing and amount of estimated subleases. At December 29, 2010, our total discounted liability for closed units was approximately $4.9 million, net of $3.8 million related to existing sublease agreements and $0.8 million related to properties for which we expect to enter into sublease agreements in the future. If any of the estimates noted above or their related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record additional exit costs or reduce exit costs previously recorded.
 
Income taxes. We record valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets, when necessary. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on future taxable earnings and is therefore uncertain. We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate will be recovered from future taxable income. Deferred tax assets do not include future tax benefits that we deem likely not to be realized.
 
 
26

 
 
Share-based compensation. Stock-based compensation is estimated for equity awards at fair value at the grant date. We determine the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Use of this option pricing model requires the input of subjective assumptions. These assumptions include estimating the length of time employees will retain their vested stock options before exercising them (“expected term”), the estimated volatility of our common stock price over the expected term and the number of options that will ultimately not complete their vesting requirements (“forfeitures”). The fair value of restricted stock units containing a market condition is determined using the Monte Carlo valuation method, which utilizes multiple input variables to determine the probability of the Company achieving the market condition. Changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimate of the fair value of share-based compensation and consequently, the related amount recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
See the New Accounting Standards section of Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for further details of recent accounting pronouncements.
 
Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk

We have exposure to interest rate risk related to certain instruments entered into for other than trading purposes. Specifically, as of the end of fiscal 2010, borrowings under the term loan and revolving credit facility bore interest at variable rates based on LIBOR plus a spread of 475 basis points per annum with a LIBOR floor of 1.75%. Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2010, we completed a re-pricing of the New Credit Facility to reduce the interest rate thereunder. Interest under the New Credit Facility, as amended, is payable at per annum rates equal to LIBOR plus 375 basis points, with a LIBOR floor of 1.50% for the term loan and no LIBOR floor for the revolver. We have utilized interest rate swaps in the past, and may chose to do so again in the future, to mitigate the interest rate risk related to our variable rate debt.
 
Based on the levels of borrowings under the credit facility at December 29, 2010, if interest rates changed by 100 basis points our annual cash flow and income before income taxes would change by approximately $2.4 million. This computation is determined by considering the impact of hypothetical interest rates on the variable rate portion of the credit facility at December 29, 2010. However, the nature and amount of our borrowings under the credit facility may vary as a result of future business requirements, market conditions and other factors. The estimated fair value of our borrowings under the credit facility was approximately $243.0 million compared with a book value of $240.0 million at December 29, 2010. This computation is based on market quotations for the same or similar debt issues or the estimated borrowing rates available to us. Our other outstanding long-term debt bears fixed rates of interest.
 
We also have exposure to interest rate risk related to our pension plan, other defined benefit plans and self-insurance liabilities. A 25 basis point increase or decrease in discount rate would decrease or increase our projected benefit obligation related to our pension plan by approximately $1.9 million and would impact the pension plan's net periodic benefit cost by less than $0.1 million. The impact of a 25 basis point increase or decrease in discount rate would decrease or increase our projected benefit obligation related to our other defined benefit plans by less than $0.1 million while the plans' net periodic benefit cost would remain flat. A 25 basis point increase or decrease in discount rate related to our self-insurance liabilities would result in a decrease or increase of $0.2 million, respectively.

Commodity Price Risk
 
We purchase certain food products, such as beef, poultry, pork, eggs and coffee, and utilities, such as gas and electricity, which are affected by commodity pricing and are, therefore, subject to price volatility caused by weather, production problems, delivery difficulties and other factors that are outside our control and which are generally unpredictable. Changes in commodity prices affect us and our competitors generally and often simultaneously. In general, we purchase food products and utilities based upon market prices established with vendors. Although many of the items purchased are subject to changes in commodity prices, the majority of our purchasing arrangements are structured to contain features that minimize price volatility by establishing fixed pricing and/or price ceilings and floors. We use these types of purchase arrangements to control costs as an alternative to using financial instruments to hedge commodity prices. In many cases, we believe we will be able to address commodity cost increases which are significant and appear to be long-term in nature by adjusting our menu pricing or changing our product delivery strategy. However, competitive circumstances could limit such actions and, in those circumstances, increases in commodity prices could lower our margins. Because of the often short-term nature of commodity pricing aberrations and our ability to change menu pricing or product delivery strategies in response to commodity price increases, we believe that the impact of commodity price risk is not significant.
 
We have established a policy to identify, control and manage market risks which may arise from changes in interest rates, commodity prices and other relevant rates and prices. We do not use derivative instruments for trading purposes.

Item 8.      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
See Index to Financial Statements which appears on page F-1 herein.
 
Item 9.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
 
27

 
 
Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures
 
A. Disclosure Controls and Procedures . As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) our management conducted an evaluation (under the supervision and with the participation of our President and Chief Executive Officer, John C. Miller, and our Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer, F. Mark Wolfinger) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, Messrs. Miller and Wolfinger each concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including Messrs. Miller and Wolfinger, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
B. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2010. Management’s assessment was based on criteria set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework , issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based upon this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 29, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting was effective, based upon those criteria.
 
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting, which follows this report.
 
C. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during our last fiscal quarter (our fourth fiscal quarter) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
28

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors
Denny's Corporation
 
We have audited Denny’s Corporation’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) . The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (Item 9A.B.). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Denny’s Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Denny’s Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, and the related consolidated   statements of operations, shareholders’ deficit and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2010, and our report dated March 11, 2011   expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
KPMG LLP
Greenville, South Carolina
March 11, 2011
 
 
 
29

 
 
Item 9B.     Other Information
 
None.
 
PART III
 
Item 10.      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
Information required by this item with respect to our executive officers and directors; compliance by our directors, executive officers and certain beneficial owners of our common stock with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; the committees of our Board of Directors; our Audit Committee Financial Expert; and our Code of Ethics is furnished by incorporation by reference to information under the captions entitled “Election of Directors”, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, and "Code of Ethics" in the proxy statement (to be filed hereafter) in connection with Denny’s Corporation's 2011 Annual Meeting of the Shareholders and possibly elsewhere in the proxy statement (or will be filed by amendment to this report). Additional information required by this item related to our executive officers appears in Item 1 of Part I of this report under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”
 
Item 11.     Executive Compensation
 
The information required by this item is furnished by incorporation by reference to information under the captions entitled “Executive Compensation” and "Election of Directors" in the proxy statement and possibly elsewhere in the proxy statement (or will be filed by amendment to this report).
 
Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information required by this item is furnished by incorporation by reference to information under the caption “General—Equity Security Ownership” in the proxy statement and possibly elsewhere in the proxy statement (or will be filed by amendment to this report).
 
Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The information required by this item is furnished by incorporation by reference to information under the captions “Related Party Transactions” and "Election of Directors" in the proxy statement and possibly elsewhere in the proxy statement (or will be filed by amendment to this report).
 
Item 14.      Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
The information required by this item is furnished by incorporation by reference to information under the caption entitled “Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - 2010 and 2009 Audit Information” and “Audit Committee’s Pre-approval Policies and Procedures” in the proxy statement and possibly elsewhere in the proxy statement (or will be filed by amendment to this report).
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a)(1)   Financial Statements: See the Index to Financial Statements which appears on page F-1 hereof.
 
(a)(2)    Financial Statement Schedules: No schedules are filed herewith because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the information called for is in our Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein.
 
(a)(3)    Exhibits: Certain of the exhibits to this Report, indicated by an asterisk, are hereby incorporated by reference from other documents on file with the Commission with which they are electronically filed, to be a part hereof as of their respective dates.
 
  Exhibit No.
  Description
*3.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Denny’s Corporation dated March 3, 2003, as amended by Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation to Increase Authorized Capitalization dated August 25, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Denny’s Corporation for the year ended December 29, 2004)
   
*3.2
By-Laws of Denny’s Corporation, as effective as of November 11, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K of Denny’s Corporation filed with the Commission on November 16, 2009)
   
*4.1
10% Senior Notes due 2012 Indenture dated as of October 5, 2004 between Denny’s Holdings, Inc., as Issuer, Denny’s Corporation, as Guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended September 29, 2004)
   
*4.2
Form of 10% Senior Note due 2012 and annexed Guarantee (included in Exhibit 4.1 hereto)
   
+*10.1
Advantica Restaurant Group Director Stock Option Plan, as amended through January 24, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation (then known as Advantica) filed with the Commission on May 14, 2001)
   
+*10.2
Advantica Stock Option Plan as amended through November 28, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Denny’s Corporation (then known as Advantica) for the year ended December 26, 2001)
 
 
30

 
 
Exhibit No.
Description
+*10.3
Denny’s, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan for Executives (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Denny’s Corporation (No. 333-103220) filed with the Commission on February 14, 2003)
   
+*10.4
 
Description of amendments to the Denny’s, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan for Executives, the Advantica Stock Option Plan and the Advantica Restaurant Group Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended September 29, 2004)
   
+*10.5
Form of stock option agreement to be used under the Denny’s Corporation 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Denny’s Corporation (File No. 333-120093) filed with the Commission on October 29, 2004)
   
+*10.6
Form of deferred stock unit award certificate to be used under the Denny’s Corporation 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Denny’s Corporation for the year ended December 29, 2004)
   
+*10.7
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated May 1, 2009 between Denny’s Corporation, Denny’s Inc. and Nelson J. Marchioli  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Denny’s Corporation filed with the Commission on May 7, 2009)
   
+*10.8
Employment Offer Letter dated August 16, 2005 between Denny’s Corporation and F. Mark Wolfinger (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended September 28, 2005)
   
+*10.9
Employment Offer Letter dated July 19, 2010 between Denny’s Corporation and Frances L. Allen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended September 29, 2010).
   
+*10.10
Employment Offer Letter dated August 20, 2010 between Denny’s Corporation and Robert Rodriguez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended September 29, 2010).
   
*10.11
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 15, 2006, among Denny’s Inc. and Denny’s Realty, LLC, as Borrowers, Denny’s Corporation, Denny’s Holdings, Inc., and DFO, LLC, as Guarantors, the Lenders named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Banc of America Securities LLC as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny's Corporation for the quarter ended September 30, 2009)
   
*10.12
Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of December 15, 2006, among Denny’s Inc., Denny’s Realty, LLC, Denny’s Corporation, Denny’s Holdings, Inc., DFO, LLC, each other Subsidiary Loan Party referenced therein and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny's Corporation for the quarter ended September 30, 2009)
   
*10.13
Amendment No. 1 dated as of March 8, 2007 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 15, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Denny’s Corporation filed with the Commission on March 14, 2007)
   
*10.14
Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 9, 2010 to 10% Senior Notes due 2012 Indenture dated as of October 5, 2004 between Denny’s Holdings, Inc. as Issuer, Denny’s Corporation, as Guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended September 29, 2010).
   
*10.15
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 30, 2010 among Denny’s, Inc. and Denny’s Realty, LLC as Borrowers, Denny’s Corporation, Denny’s Holdings, Inc., and DFO, LLC, as Guarantors, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer, certain other lenders and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended September 29, 2010).
   
*10.16
Second Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of September 30, 2010 among Denny’s, Inc. and Denny’s Realty, LLC, Denny’s Corporation, Denny’s Holdings, Inc., DFO, LLC, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended September 29, 2010).
   
+*10.17
Award certificate evidencing restricted stock unit award to F. Mark Wolfinger, effective July 9, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Denny’s Corporation filed with the Commission on July 12, 2007)
   
+*10.18
Denny's Corporation Amended and Restated Executive Severance Pay Plan
   
+*10.19
Denny's Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Denny's Corporation filed with the Commission on May 27, 2008)
   
+*10.20
Amendment to the Denny’s Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended April 1, 2009)
   
+*10.21
Denny's Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny's Corporation for the quarter ended June 25, 2008)
   
+*10.22
Form of 2008 Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny's Corporation for the quarter ended September 24, 2008)
 
 
31

 
 
Exhibit No.
Description 
+*10.23
2008 Performance Restricted Stock Unit Program Description (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny's Corporation for the quarter ended September 24, 2008)
   
+*10.24
Form of 2009 Long-Term Performance Incentive Program Performance Shares and Target Cash Opportunity Award Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended April 1, 2009)
   
+*10.25
Written Description of Denny’s 2009 Long-Term Performance Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended April 1, 2009)
   
+*10.26
Form of the 2010 Long-Term Performance Incentive Program Performance Shares and Target Cash Opportunity Award Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
   
+*10.27
Written Description of the Denny's 2010 Long-Term Performance Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Denny’s Corporation for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
   
+10.28
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement
   
+10.29
Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Certificate
   
+10.30
Denny's Corporate Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Denny’s Corporation for the year ended December 30, 2009)
   
10.31 First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2011, among Denny's Inc. and Denny's Realty, LLC as the Borrowers, Denny's Corporation and DFO, LLC as Guarantors, each lender from time to time party hereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
   
21.1
Subsidiaries of Denny’s
   
23.1
Consent of KPMG LLP
   
31.1
Certification of John C. Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer of Denny’s Corporation, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   
31.2
Certification of F. Mark Wolfinger, Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Denny’s Corporation, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   
32.1
Statement of John C. Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer of Denny’s Corporation, and F. Mark Wolfinger, Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Denny’s Corporation, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
+
Denotes management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.
 
 
 
32

 
 
 
 
DENNY’S CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
 
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements
F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the Three Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 29, 2010
F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit and Comprehensive Loss for each of the Three Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 29, 2010
F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the Three Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 29, 2010
F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-7
 

 
F-1

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors
Denny's Corporation
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Denny’s Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ deficit and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Denny’s Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 11, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
KPMG LLP
Greenville, South Carolina
March 11, 2011
 
 
 
F-2

 
Denny’s Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Revenue:
                 
Company restaurant sales
 
$
423,936
   
$
488,948
   
$
648,264
 
Franchise and license revenue
   
124,530
     
119,155
     
112,007
 
Total operating revenue
   
548,466
     
608,103
     
760,271
 
Costs of company restaurant sales:
                       
Product costs
   
101,470
     
114,861
     
157,545
 
Payroll and benefits
   
172,533
     
197,612
     
271,933
 
Occupancy
   
27,967
     
31,937
     
40,415
 
Other operating expenses
   
64,029
     
73,496
     
100,182
 
Total costs of company restaurant sales
   
365,999
     
417,906
     
570,075
 
Costs of franchise and license revenue
   
46,987
     
42,626
     
34,933
 
General and administrative expenses
   
55,619
     
57,282
     
60,970
 
Depreciation and amortization
   
29,637
     
32,343
     
39,766
 
Operating (gains), losses and other charges, net
   
(4,944
)
   
(14,483
)
   
(6,384
)
Total operating costs and expenses
   
493,298
     
535,674
     
699,360
 
Operating income
   
55,168
     
72,429
     
60,911
 
Other expenses:
                       
Interest expense, net
   
25,792
     
32,600
     
35,457
 
Other nonoperating (income) expense, net
   
5,282
     
(3,125
)
   
9,190
 
Total other expenses, net
   
31,074
     
29,475
     
44,647
 
Net income before income taxes
   
24,094
     
42,954
     
16,264
 
Provision for income taxes
   
1,381
     
1,400
     
3,522
 
Net income
 
$
22,713
   
$
41,554
   
$
12,742
 
                         
Net income per share:
                       
Basic
 
$
0.23
   
$
0.43
   
$
0.13
 
Diluted
 
$
0.22
   
$
0.42
   
$
0.13
 
                         
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
   
98,902
     
96,318
     
95,230
 
Diluted
   
101,391
     
98,499
     
98,842
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-3

 
 
Denny’s Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Assets
           
Current Assets:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
29,074
   
$
26,525
 
Receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $207 and $171, respectively
   
17,280
     
18,106
 
Inventories
   
4,037
     
4,165
 
Assets held for sale
   
1,933
     
 
Prepaid and other current assets
   
10,162
     
9,549
 
Total Current Assets
   
62,486
     
58,345
 
                 
Property, net of accumulated depreciation of $247,492 and $258,695, respectively
   
129,518
     
131,484
 
                 
Other Assets:
               
Goodwill
   
31,308
     
32,440
 
Intangible assets, net
   
52,054
     
55,110
 
Deferred financing costs, net
   
5,286
     
2,676
 
Other noncurrent assets
   
30,554
     
32,572
 
Total Assets
 
$
311,206
   
$
312,627
 
                 
Liabilities
               
Current Liabilities:
               
Current maturities of notes and debentures
 
$
2,583
   
$
900
 
Current maturities of capital lease obligations
   
4,109
     
3,725
 
Accounts payable
   
25,957
     
22,842
 
Other current liabilities
   
57,685
     
64,641
 
Total Current Liabilities
   
90,334
     
92,108
 
                 
Long-Term Liabilities:
               
Notes and debentures, less current maturities, net of discount of $3,455 and $0, respectively
   
234,143
     
254,357
 
Capital lease obligations, less current maturities
   
18,988
     
19,684
 
Liability for insurance claims, less current portion
   
18,810
     
21,687
 
Deferred income taxes
   
13,339
     
13,016
 
Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits
   
39,304
     
39,273
 
Total Long-Term Liabilities
   
324,584
     
348,017
 
Total Liabilities
   
414,918
     
440,125
 
                 
Commitments and contingencies
               
                 
Shareholders' Deficit
               
Common stock $0.01 par value; shares authorized - 135,000; issued and outstanding: 2010 – 100,073;
2009 – 96,613
   
1,001
     
966
 
Paid-in capital
   
548,490
     
542,576
 
Deficit
   
(630,114
)
   
(652,827
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
   
(19,199
)
   
(18,213
)
     
(99,822
)
   
(127,498
)
Treasury stock, at cost, 1,037 and 0 shares, respectively
   
(3,890
)
   
 
Total Shareholders' Deficit
   
(103,712
)
   
(127,498
)
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Deficit
 
$
311,206
   
$
312,627
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-4

 
 
Denny’s Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit and Comprehensive Loss
 
 

   
Common Stock
   
Treasury Stock
      Paid-in          
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
   
Total
Shareholders’
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Ca pital
   
(Deficit)
   
Loss, Net
   
Deficit
 
      (In thousands)  
Balance, December 26, 2007
    94,626     $ 946           $     $ 533,612     $ (707,123 )   $ (13,144 )   $ (185,709 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                  12,742             12,742  
Amortization of unrealized loss on hedged
transactions, net of tax
                                        1,166       1,166  
Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax
                                        (12,943 )     (12,943 )
Comprehensive income
                                  12,742       (11,777 )     965  
Share-based compensation on equity classified awards
                            4,025                   4,025  
Issuance of common stock for share-based
compensation
    385       4                   286                   290  
Exercise of common stock options
    702       7                       988                   995  
Balance, December 31, 2008
    95,713       957                   538,911       (694,381 )     (24,921 )     (179,434 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                  41,554             41,554  
Amortization of unrealized loss on hedged transactions, net of tax
                                        1,020       1,020  
Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax
                                        5,688       5,688  
Comprehensive income
                                  41,554       6,708       48,262  
Share-based compensation on equity classified awards
                            3,567                   3,567  
Issuance of common stock for share-based
compensation
    806       8                   (8 )                  
Exercise of common stock options
    94       1                   106                   107  
Balance, December 30, 2009
    96,613       966                   542,576       (652,827 )     (18,213 )     (127,498 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                  22,713             22,713  
Amortization of unrealized loss on hedged
transactions, net of tax
                                        167       167  
Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax
                                        (1,153 )     (1,153 )
Comprehensive income
                                  22,713       (986 )     21,727  
Share-based compensation on equity classified awards
                            1,922                   1,922  
Purchase of treasury stock
                (1,037     (3,890 )                       (3,890 )
Issuance of common stock for share-based
compensation
    573       6                   (6 )                  
Exercise of common stock options
    2,887       29                   3,998                   4,027  
Balance, December 29, 2010
    100,073     $ 1,001       (1,037   $ (3,890 )   $ 548,490     $ (630,114 )   $ (19,199 )   $ (103,712 )

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-5

 
 
Denny’s Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
                 
Net income
 
$
22,713
   
$
41,554
   
$
12,742
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash flows provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
   
29,637
     
32,343
     
39,766
 
Operating (gains), losses and other charges, net
   
(4,944
)
   
(14,483
)
   
(6,384
)
Amortization of deferred financing costs
   
1,045
     
1,077
     
1,100
 
Amortization of debt discount
   
160
     
     
 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
   
4,755
     
  109
     
  6
 
(Gain) loss on interest rate swap
   
167
 
   
(2,241
)
   
5,351
 
Deferred income tax expense
   
324
     
671
     
  2,757
 
Share-based compensation
   
2,840
     
4,671
     
4,117
 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:
                       
Decrease (increase) in assets:
                       
Receivables
   
(1,713
)
   
(736
)
   
(727
)
Inventories
   
128
     
1,290
     
1,030
 
Other current assets
   
(634
)
   
(17
)
   
(5
)
Other assets
   
(2,534
)
   
(3,486
)
   
(2,148
)
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
                       
Accounts payable
   
1,366
     
(1,366
)
   
(14,838
)
Accrued salaries and vacations
   
(5,983
)
   
(3,946
)
   
(6,408
)
Accrued taxes
   
(429
)
   
(893
)
   
(861
)
Other accrued liabilities
   
(4,108
)
   
(13,323
)
   
(5,406
)
Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits
   
(4,535
)
   
(7,963
)
   
(9,609
)
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
   
38,255
     
33,261
     
20,483
 
                         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
                       
Purchase of property
   
(27,381
)
   
(18,407
)
   
(27,880
)
Proceeds from disposition of property
   
18,680
     
40,658
     
37,541
 
Collections on notes receivable
   
3,421
     
 1,512
     
 —
 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
   
(5,280
)
   
23,763
     
9,661
 
                         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
                       
Net borrowings under credit agreement
   
246,250
 
   
     
 
Long-term debt payments
   
(268,769
)
   
(50,452
)
   
(30,200
)
Debt transaction costs
   
(2,695
)
   
     
 
Deferred financing costs
   
(5,342
)
   
     
 
Purchase of treasury stock
   
(3,890
)
   
     
 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
   
4,027
     
107
     
995
 
Tax withholding on share-based payments
   
(455
)
   
(253
)
   
 
Net bank overdrafts
   
448
     
 (943
)
   
 (1,462
)
Net cash flows used in financing activities
   
(30,426
)
   
(51,541
)
   
(30,667
)
                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
   
2,549
     
5,483
     
(523
)
                         
Cash and Cash Equivalents at:
                       
Beginning of year
   
26,525
     
21,042
     
21,565
 
End of year
 
$
29,074
   
$
26,525
   
$
21,042
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-6

 
 
Denny’s Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Note 1.     Introduction and Basis of Reporting
 
Denny’s Corporation, or Denny’s, is one of America’s largest family-style restaurant chains. At December 29, 2010, the Denny’s brand consisted of 1,658 restaurants, 1,426 (86%) of which were franchised/licensed restaurants and 232 (14%) of which were company-owned and operated. Denny’s restaurants are operated in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, two U.S. territories and six foreign countries with principal concentrations in California (25% of total restaurants), Florida (10%) and Texas (11%).

The following table shows the unit activity for the years ended December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009:

   
2010
   
2009
 
Company-owned restaurants, beginning of period
   
233
     
315
 
Units opened
   
24
     
1
 
Units relocated
   
1
     
 
Units sold to franchisees
   
 (24
)
   
 (81
)
Units closed (including units relocated)
   
(2
)
   
(2
)
End of period
   
232
     
233
 
                 
Franchised and licensed restaurants, beginning of period
   
1,318
     
1,226
 
Units opened
   
112
     
39
 
Units relocated
   
4
     
3
 
Units purchased from Company
   
24
     
 81
 
Units closed (including units relocated)
   
(32
)
   
(31
)
End of period
   
1,426
     
1,318
 
Total restaurants, end of period
   
1,658
     
1,551
 

Note 2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
The following accounting policies significantly affect the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
Use of Estimates . In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management is required to make certain assumptions and estimates that affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and the disclosure of contingencies. In making these assumptions and estimates, management may from time to time seek advice and consider information provided by actuaries and other experts in a particular area. Actual amounts could differ materially from these estimates.

Consolidation Policy . Our Consolidated Financial Statements include the financial statements of Denny’s Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Denny’s, Inc. and DFO, LLC. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Fiscal Year . Our fiscal year ends on the Wednesday in December closest to December 31 of each year. As a result, a fifty-third week is added to a fiscal year every five or six years.  Fiscal 2008 included 53 weeks of operations, whereas 2010 and 2009 each included 52 weeks of operations.
 
Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments.   We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include short-term investments of $26.9 million and $24.2 million at December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, respectively. These amounts were held overnight in Denny's transaction bank accounts at highly rated financial institutions that provided earnings credits.
 
Receivables. Receivables primarily consist of trade accounts receivables and financing receivables from franchisees (together “franchisee receivables”), vendor receivables and credit card receivables and are recorded at net realizable value. Trade accounts receivables from franchisees consist of royalties, advertising and rent. Financing receivables from franchisees consist of notes receivable from franchisees resulting from the sales of restaurant operations and direct financing leases. As franchisee receivables primarily relate to our ongoing business agreements with franchisees, we consider them to have similar risk characteristics and evaluate them as one collective portfolio segment and class for determining the allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain the allowance for doubtful accounts on franchisee receivables based upon pre-defined aging criteria or upon the occurrence of other events that indicate that the balance may be uncollectible. In assessing recoverability of these receivables, we make judgments regarding the financial condition of the franchisees based primarily on past and current payment trends and periodic financial information, which the franchisees are required to submit to us. Receivables that are ultimately deemed to be uncollectible, and for which collection efforts have been exhausted, are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. See Note 3.

We recognized interest income on notes receivable from franchisees of $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 29, 2010, December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, which is included as a component of interest expense, net on our Consolidated Statements of Operations. We recognized interest income on direct financing leases of $1.1 million , $1.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 29, 2010, December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, which is included as a component of interest expense, net on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
Inventories.   Inventories consist of food and beverages and are valued primarily at the lower of average cost (first-in, first-out) or market.
 
Assets Held for Sale.   Assets held for sale consist of real estate properties and restaurant operations that we expect to sell within the next 12 months. The assets are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. We cease recording depreciation on assets that are classified as held for sale. If the determination is made that we no longer expect to sell an asset within the next 12 months, the asset is reclassified out of held for sale.
 
 
F-7

 
 
Note 2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Property and Depreciation.   Owned property is stated at cost. Property under capital leases is stated at the lesser of its fair value or the net present value of the related minimum lease payments at the lease inception. We depreciate owned property over its estimated useful life using the straight-line method. We amortize property held under capital leases (at capitalized value) over the lesser of its estimated useful life or the initial lease term. In certain situations, one or more option periods may be used in determining the depreciable life of certain properties leased under operating lease agreements if we deem that an economic penalty will be incurred and exercise of such option periods is reasonably assured. In either circumstance, our policy requires lease term consistency when calculating the depreciation period, in classifying the lease and in computing rent expense. The following estimated useful service lives were in effect during all periods presented in the financial statements:
 
Buildings—Five to thirty years
 
Equipment—Two to ten years
 
Leasehold Improvements—Estimated useful life limited by the expected lease term, generally between five and fifteen years.
 
Goodwill.   Amounts recorded as goodwill primarily represent excess reorganization value recognized as a result of our 1998 bankruptcy. We test goodwill for impairment at each fiscal year end, and more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may exist. Such indicators include, but are not limited to, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows; a significant adverse decline in our stock price; significantly adverse legal developments; and a significant change in the business climate.
 
Other Intangible Assets . Other intangible assets consist primarily of trademarks, trade names, franchise and other operating agreements and capitalized software development costs. Trade names and trademarks are considered indefinite-lived intangible assets and are not amortized. Franchise and other operating agreements are amortized using the straight-line basis over the term of the related agreement. Capitalized software development costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of the software. We test trade name and trademark assets for impairment at each fiscal year end, and more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may exist. We assess impairment of franchise and other operating agreements and capitalized software development costs whenever changes or events indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Costs incurred to renew or extend the term of recognized intangible assets are recorded in general and administrative expenses in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
 
Long-term Investments.  Long-term investments include nonqualified deferred compensation plan assets held in a rabbi trust. Each plan participant's account is comprised of their contribution, our matching contribution and each participant's share of earnings or losses in the plan. The investments of the rabbi trust are considered trading securities and are reported at fair value in other noncurrent assets with an offsetting liability included in other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The realized and unrealized holding gains and losses related to the investments are recorded in other income (expense) with an offsetting amount recorded in general and administrative expenses in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, we incurred net gains of $0.5 million and $1.0 million and a net loss of $1.7 million, respectively. The fair value of the deferred compensation plan investments were $5.9 million and $5.7 million at December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, respectively.
 
Deferred Financing Costs.   Costs related to the issuance of debt are deferred and amortized as a component of interest expense using the effective interest method over the terms of the respective debt issuances.
 
Cash Overdrafts.   We have included in accounts payable in our Consolidated Balance Sheets cash overdrafts totaling $8.0 million and $7.6 million at December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, respectively. Changes in such amounts are reflected in the cash flows from financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
 
Self-insurance liabilities.   We record liabilities for insurance claims during periods in which we have been insured under large deductible programs or have been self-insured for our medical and dental claims and workers’ compensation, general/product and automobile insurance liabilities. Maximum self-insured retention levels, including defense costs per occurrence, range from $0.5 million to $1.0 million per individual claim for workers’ compensation and for general/product and automobile liability. The liabilities for prior and current estimated incurred losses are discounted to their present value based on expected loss payment patterns determined by independent actuaries using our actual historical payments.

Total discounted insurance liabilities at December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009 were $26.2 million reflecting a 1.5% discount rate and $30.2 million reflecting a 2.5% discount rate, respectively. The related undiscounted amounts at such dates were $27.3 million and $32.2 million, respectively.
 
Income Taxes.   We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized. While we have considered ongoing, prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for our valuation allowance, in the event we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in an amount in excess of the net recorded amount, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would decrease income tax expense in the period such determination was made. Interest and penalties accrued in relation to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized in income tax expense.
 
Leases and Subleases. Our policy requires the use of a consistent lease term for (i) calculating the maximum depreciation period for related buildings and leasehold improvements; (ii) classifying the lease; and (iii) computing periodic rent expense increases where the lease terms include escalations in rent over the lease term. The lease term commences on the date when we become legally obligated for the rent payments. We account for rent escalations in leases on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term. Any rent holidays after lease commencement are recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, which includes the rent holiday period. Leasehold improvements that have been funded by lessors have historically been insignificant. Any leasehold improvements we make that are funded by lessor incentives or allowances under operating leases are recorded as leasehold improvement assets and amortized over the expected lease term. Such incentives are also recorded as deferred rent and amortized as reductions to lease expense over the expected lease term. We record contingent rent expense based on estimated sales for respective units over the contingency period. Contingent rental income is recognized when earned.
 
 
F-8

 
 
Note 2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Fair Value Measurements. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, investments, accounts receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses are deemed to approximate fair value due to the immediate or short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair value of notes receivable approximates the carrying value after consideration of recorded allowances. The fair value of our debt is based on market quotations for the same or similar debt issues or the estimated borrowing rates available to us. The difference between the estimated fair value of long-term debt compared with its historical cost reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements relates to the market quotations for our senior secured term loan. See Note 10.
 
Derivative Instruments. We record all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at fair value. If we elect to apply hedge accounting, we formally document all hedging relationships, our risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument's effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively and a description of the method of measuring ineffectiveness. We assess, both at the hedge's inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting cash flows of hedged items. To the extent the derivative instrument is effective in offsetting the variability of the hedged cash flows, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are not included in current earnings but are reported as other comprehensive income (loss). The ineffective portion of the hedge is recorded as an adjustment to earnings. If hedge accounting is not elected for a derivative instrument, we carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognize any subsequent changes in its fair value in earnings.

From time to time, we utilize derivative financial instruments to manage our exposure to interest rate risk and commodity risk in relation to natural gas costs. We do not enter into derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes. See Note 12.
 
Contingencies and Litigation.   We are subject to legal proceedings involving ordinary and routine claims incidental to our business, as well as legal proceedings that are nonroutine and include compensatory or punitive damage claims. Our ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to such matters cannot be estimated with certainty and requires the use of estimates in recording liabilities for potential litigation settlements. When the reasonable estimate is a range, the recorded loss will be the best estimate within the range. We record legal settlement costs as other operating expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations as those costs are incurred.
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss).    Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss) items that are excluded from net income (loss) under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Other comprehensive income (loss) items include additional minimum pension liability adjustments and the effective unrealized portion of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges. See Note 14.

Segment. Denny’s operates in only one segment. All significant revenues and pre-tax earnings relate to retail sales of food and beverages to the general public through either company-owned or franchised restaurants.
 
Company Restaurant Sales. Company restaurant sales are recognized when food and beverage products are sold at company-owned units. We present company restaurant sales net of sales taxes.

Gift cards.  We sell gift cards which have no stated expiration dates. Prior to 2007 we sold gift certificates. Proceeds from the sale of gift cards are deferred and recognized as revenue when they are redeemed. We evaluate breakage related to gift cards and gift certificates separately, but generally under the same methodology. Based on our historical analysis, we recognize breakage two years following the sale date of the gift card or gift certificate. Our historical data shows that after two years more than 90% of gift cards or gift certificates sold have been redeemed and that future redemptions are insignificant. We maintain a liability for future redemptions based on a year-by-year analysis of gift cards and gift certificates outstanding, which represents approximately 5% of gift cards or gift certificates sold. We recognized $0.2 million in breakage on gift cards and gift certificates combined for both the years ended December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009. No breakage was recognized during fiscal 2008. Of these amounts, approximately $0.2 million and $0.1 million of the breakage recognized during 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to gift cards. All remaining amounts recognized relate to gift certificates. We believe that the amounts recognized for breakage have been and will continue to be insignificant.

Franchise and License Fees.   We recognize initial franchise and license fees when all of the material obligations have been performed and conditions have been satisfied, typically when operations of a new franchised restaurant have commenced. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recorded initial fees of $6.6 million, $4.7 million and $4.6 million, respectively, as a component of franchise and license revenue in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. At December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, deferred fees were $0.8 million and $1.2 million, respectively, and are included in other accrued liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Continuing fees, such as royalties and rents, are recorded as income on a monthly basis. For 2010, our ten largest franchisees accounted for approximately 33% of our franchise revenues.
 
Advertising Costs . We expense production costs for radio and television advertising in the year in which the commercials are initially aired. Advertising expense for 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $17.4 million, $20.1 million and $23.2 million, respectively, net of contributions from franchisees of $48.2 million, $46.6 million and $44.7 million, respectively. Advertising costs are recorded as a component of other operating expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
Restructuring and exit costs.   As a result of changes in our organizational structure and in our portfolio of restaurants, we have recorded restructuring and exit costs. These costs consist primarily of the costs of future obligations related to closed units, severance and other restructuring charges for terminated employees, and are included as a component of operating gains, losses and other charges, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
Discounted liabilities for future lease costs and the fair value of related subleases of closed units are recorded when the units are closed. All other costs related to closed units are expensed as incurred. In assessing the discounted liabilities for future costs of obligations related to closed units, we make assumptions regarding amounts of future subleases. If these assumptions or their related estimates change in the future, we may be required to record additional exit costs or reduce exit costs previously recorded. Exit costs recorded for each of the periods presented include the effect of such changes in estimates.
 
 
F-9

 
 
Note 2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
We evaluate store closures for potential disclosure as discontinued operations based on an assessment of several quantitative and qualitative factors, including the nature of the closure, revenue migration to other company-owned and franchised stores and planned market development in the vicinity of the disposed store.
 
Impairment of long-lived assets.   We evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment at the restaurant level on a quarterly basis, when assets are identified as held for sale or whenever changes or events indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We assess impairment of restaurant-level assets based on the operating cash flows of the restaurant, expected proceeds from the sale of assets and our plans for restaurant closings. Generally, all units with negative cash flows from operations for the most recent twelve months at each quarter end are included in our assessment. In performing our assessment, we make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows, including estimated proceeds from similar asset sales, and other factors to determine both the recoverability and the estimated fair value of the respective assets. If the long-lived assets of a restaurant are not recoverable based upon estimated future, undiscounted cash flows, we write the assets down to their fair value. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record additional impairment charges. These charges are included as a component of operating gains, losses and other charges, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
Gains on Sales of Restaurants Operations to Franchisees, Real Estate and Other Assets.   Generally, gains on sales of restaurant operations to franchisees (which may include real estate), real estate properties and other assets, are recognized when the sales are consummated and certain other gain recognition criteria are met. Total gains are included as a component of operating gains, losses and other charges, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
Share-Based Compensation.   Share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. These costs for 2010, 2009 and 2008 include compensation expense, recognized over the applicable vesting periods, for new share-based awards and for share-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested on, December 29, 2005, the first day of fiscal 2006. We estimate potential forfeitures of share-based awards and adjust the compensation cost accordingly. Our estimate of forfeitures is adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Share-based compensation expense is included as a component of general and administrative expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Any benefit of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost is reported as a financing cash flow on our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

The fair value of the stock options granted during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We used the following weighted average assumptions for the grants:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
                         
Dividend yield
   
0.0
%
   
0.0
%
   
0.0
%
Expected volatility
   
60.3
%
   
57.5
%
   
50.1
%
Risk-free interest rate
   
2.2
%
   
1.8
%
   
2.7
%
Weighted average expected term
 
4.7 years
   
4.6 years
   
4.6 years
 
 
The dividend yield assumption was based on our dividend payment history and expectations of future dividend payments. The expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of our stock for a period approximating the expected life of the options granted. The risk-free interest rate was based on published U.S. Treasury spot rates in effect at the time of grant with terms approximating the expected life of the option. The weighted average expected term of the options represents the period of time the options are expected to be outstanding based on historical trends.

Compensation expense for stock options granted prior to fiscal 2006 is recognized based on the graded vesting attribution method.  Compensation expense for options granted subsequent to December 28, 2005 is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. 

Generally, compensation expense related to restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units and board deferred stock units is based on the number of shares and units expected to vest, the period over which they are expected to vest and the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. For restricted stock units and performance shares that contain a market condition, compensation expense is based on the Monte Carlo valuation method, which utilizes multiple input variables to determine the probability of the Company achieving the market condition and the fair value of the award. The amount of certain cash-settled awards is determined based on the date of payment. Therefore, compensation expense related to these cash-settled awards is adjusted to fair value at each balance sheet date.

Subsequent to the vesting period, earned stock-settled restricted stock units and performance shares (both of which are equity classified) are paid to the holder in shares of common stock, and the cash-settled restricted stock units and performance units (both of which are liability classified) are paid to the holder in cash, provided the holder is then still employed with Denny’s or an affiliate.
  
Earnings Per Share . Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares and potential common shares outstanding during the period.
  
 
F-10

 
 
Note 2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
New Accounting Standards.
 
Receivables
 
Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses”
 
Effective December 29, 2010, we adopted ASU 2010-20, which requires additional disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables, including credit card receivables, and the allowance for doubtful accounts. The adoption resulted in increased notes receivable disclosure, but did not have any impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 3.
 
Fair Value

ASU No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements”

Effective March 31, 2010, we adopted ASU No. 2010-06, which improves disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements under the Codification. The new disclosure requirements relate to transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2. ASU No. 2010-06 also includes separate disclosure requirements about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements, which we are required to adopt in the first quarter of 2011. The adoption did not have a material impact on the disclosures included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Subsequent Events

ASU No. 2010-09, “Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements"
 
Effective December 31, 2009, the first day of fiscal 2010, we adopted ASC No. 2010-09, which removes the requirement to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. The adoption did not have a material impact on the disclosures included in our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 23.
   
Variable Interest Entities

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 “Consolidation”

Effective December 31, 2009, the first day of fiscal 2010, we adopted FASB ASC 810, which amends the guidance on the consolidation of variable interest entities for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity and modifies the methods allowed for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. In addition, it requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity and enhanced disclosures related to an enterprise’s involvement in a variable interest entity. The adoption did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Accounting Standards to be Adopted.
 
Fair Value

ASU No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements”
 
As mentioned under the "Fair Value" section above, we are required to adopt the disclosure requirements of ASU No. 2010-06 about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements in the first quarter of 2011. We do not anticipate that the adoption will have a material impact on the disclosures included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Receivables
 
ASU  No. 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses”
 
In addition to the provisions of ASU No. 2010-20 that were adopted as of December 29, 2010, this guidance requires a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses and new disclosures about modifications. We are required to adopt these provisions of ASU No. 2010-20 in the first quarter of 2011. We believe the adoption will result in increased notes receivable disclosure, but will not have any impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Goodwill

ASU  No. 2010-28, “ Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)”

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, which modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. The guidance requires an entity to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist. We are required to adopt ASU No. 2010-28 in the first quarter of 2011. We do not anticipate that the adoption will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements upon adoption.
 
 
F-11

 
 
Note 3.     Receivables

Receivables, net were comprised of the following:

   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Current assets:
           
Receivables:
           
Trade accounts receivable from franchisees
  $ 11,538     $ 8,415  
Notes receivable from franchisees and third parties
    1,020       3,565  
Vendor receivables
    2,571       2,566  
Credit card receivables
    1,206       1,231  
Other
    1,152       2,500  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (207 )     (171 )
    $ 17,280     $ 18,106  
Direct financing lease receivables (included as a component of prepaid and other current assets)
  $ 74     $ 79  
                 
Noncurrent assets (included as a component of other noncurrent assets):
               
Notes receivable from franchisees and third parties
  $ 1,329     $ 2,005  
Direct financing lease receivables
    5,119       6,459  
    $ 6,448     $ 8,464  
 
We recorded provisions for credit losses of less than $0.1 million for both the years ended December 29, 2010 and December 20, 2009, respectively.
 
Note 4.     Assets Held for Sale
 
Assets held for sale of $1.9 million as of December 29, 2010 included restaurants to be sold to franchisees. There were no assets held for sale as of December 30, 2009. Our Credit Facility (defined in Note 11) requires us to make mandatory prepayments to reduce outstanding indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from the sale of restaurant assets and restaurant operations to franchisees net of a voluntary $25.0 million annual exclusion. As of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, no reclassification of long-term debt to current liabilities was required.

As a result of classifying certain assets as held for sale, we recognized impairment charges of $0.1 million, $0.4 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 29, 2010, December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. This expense is included as a component of operating gains, losses and other charges, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
Note 5.     Property, Net
 
Property, net, consisted of the following:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Land
 
$
27,328
   
$
28,966
 
Buildings and leasehold improvements
   
232,583
     
243,832
 
Other property and equipment
   
87,718
     
89,822
 
Total property owned
   
347,629
     
362,620
 
Less accumulated depreciation
   
230,928
     
243,387
 
Property owned, net
   
116,701
     
119,233
 
Buildings, vehicles, and other equipment held under capital leases
   
29,381
     
27,559
 
Less accumulated amortization
   
16,564
     
15,308
 
Property held under capital leases, net
   
12,817
     
12,251
 
Total property, net
 
$
129,518
   
$
131,484
 
 
 
F-12

 
 
Note 5.     Property, Net (continued)
 
The following table reflects the property assets, included in the table above, which were leased to franchisees:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Land
 
$
11,677
   
$
10,973
 
Buildings and leasehold improvements
   
38,853
     
34,821
 
Total property owned, leased to franchisees
   
50,530
     
 45,794
 
Less accumulated depreciation
   
34,398
     
30,672
 
Property owned, leased to franchisees, net
   
16,132
     
15,122
 
Buildings held under capital leases, leased to franchisees
   
15,644
     
15,227
 
Less accumulated amortization
   
10,047
     
9,360
 
Property held under capital leases, leased to franchisees, net
   
5,597
     
5,867
 
Total property leased to franchisees, net
 
$
21,729
   
$
20,989
 
 
Depreciation expense, including amortization of property under capital leases, for 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $24.5 million, $27.0 million and $34.0 million, respectively. Substantially all owned property is pledged as collateral for our Credit Facility. See Note 11.
 
Note 6.     Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
The following table reflects the changes in carrying amounts of goodwill:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Balance, beginning of year
 
$
32,440
   
$
34,609
 
Write-offs associated with sale of restaurants
   
(982
)
   
(2,169
)
Reclassification to assets held for sale
   
(150
)
   
 
Balance, end of year
 
$
31,308
   
$
32,440
 
 
Goodwill and intangible assets were comprised of the following:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
Gross Carrying Amount
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Gross Carrying Amount
   
Accumulated Amortization
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Goodwill
 
$
31,308
   
$
   
$
32,440
   
$
 
                                 
Intangible assets with indefinite lives:
                               
Trade names
 
$
42,493
   
$
   
$
42,454
   
$
 
Liquor licenses
   
164
     
     
176
     
 
Intangible assets with definite lives:
                               
Franchise and license agreements
   
46,088
     
36,769
     
50,787
     
38,397
 
Foreign license agreements
   
241
     
163
     
241
     
151
 
Intangible assets
 
$
88,986
   
$
36,932
   
$
93,658
   
$
38,548
 
                                 
Other assets with definite lives:
                               
Software development costs
 
$
33,673
   
$
30,426
   
$
32,806
   
$
28,401
 
 
The $4.7 million decrease in franchise agreements primarily resulted from the removal of fully amortized agreements. The amortization expense for definite-lived intangibles and other assets for 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $5.1 million, $5.4 million and $5.7 million, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for intangible assets with definite lives in the next five years is as follows:
 
   
(In thousands)
 
2011
 
$
2,626
 
2012
   
2,262
 
2013
   
1,953
 
2014
   
1,398
 
2015
   
834
 
 
We performed an annual impairment test as of December 29, 2010 and determined that none of the recorded goodwill or other intangible assets with indefinite lives were impaired.
 
 
F-13

 
 
Note 7.     Other Current Liabilities
 
Other current liabilities consisted of the following:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Accrued salaries and vacation
 
$
16,056
   
$
21,453
 
Accrued insurance, primarily current portion of liability for
insurance claims
   
9,603
     
10,814
 
Accrued taxes
   
7,525
     
7,953
 
Accrued interest
   
4,152
     
4,845
 
Restructuring charges and exit costs
   
1,508
     
2,901
 
Accrued advertising
   
5,471
     
3,697
 
Other
   
13,370
     
12,978
 
Other current liabilities
 
$
57,685
   
$
64,641
 
 
Note 8.     Operating (Gains), Losses and Other Charges, Net

Operating (gains), losses and other charges, net were comprised of the following:

   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Gains on sales of assets and other, net
 
$
(9,481
)
 
$
(19,429
)
 
$
(18,701
)
Restructuring charges and exit costs
   
4,162
     
3,960
     
9,022
 
Impairment charges
   
375
     
986
     
3,295
 
Operating (gains), losses and other charges, net
 
$
(4,944
)
 
$
(14,483
)
 
$
(6,384
)

Gains on Sales of Assets
 
Proceeds and gains on sales of assets were comprised of the following:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
Net Proceeds
   
Gains
   
Net Proceeds
   
Gains
   
Net Proceeds
   
Gains
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Sales of restaurant  operations and
related real estate to franchisees
 
$
9,758
   
$
3,766
   
$
30,309
   
$
12,498
   
$
35,520
   
$
15,224
 
Sales of other real estate assets
   
9,142
     
5,592
     
14,014
     
6,695
     
4,691
     
3,354
 
Recognition of deferred gains
   
     
123
     
     
236
     
     
123
 
Total
 
$
18,900
   
$
9,481
   
$
44,323
   
$
19,429
   
$
40,211
   
$
18,701
 
  
During 2010, we recognized $3.8 million of gains on the sale of 24 restaurant operations to 14 franchisees for net proceeds of $9.8 million (which included a note receivable of $0.2 million). In addition, during 2010, we recognized $5.5 million of gains on real estate sold to franchisees. During 2009, we recognized $12.5 million of gains on the sale of 81 restaurant operations to 18 franchisees for net proceeds of $30.3 million (which included notes receivable of $3.5 million). In addition, during 2009, we recognized $4.6 million of gains on real estate sold to franchisees. During 2008, we recognized $15.2 million of gains on the sale of 79 restaurant operations to 22 franchisees for net proceeds of $35.5 million (which included notes receivable of $2.7 million). In addition, during 2008, we recognized $0.9 million of gains on real estate sold to franchisees. The remaining gains for the three periods resulted from the recognition of gains on the sale of other real estate assets and deferred gains.
 
Restructuring Charges and Exit Costs
 
Restructuring charges and exit costs consist primarily of the costs of future obligations related to closed units and severance and other restructuring charges for terminated employees and were comprised of the following:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Exit costs
 
$
1,247
   
$
698
   
$
3,435
 
Severance and other restructuring charges
   
2,915
     
3,262
     
5,587
 
Total restructuring charges and exit costs
 
$
4,162
   
$
3,960
   
$
9,022
 
 
 
F-14

 
 
Note 8.     Operating (Gains), Losses and Other Charges, Net (continued)
 
Severance and other restructuring charges of $2.9 million for 2010 resulted primarily from severance costs related to the departure of our Chief Executive Officer effective June 30, 2010. See Note 19. The $3.3 million of severance and other restructuring charges for 2009 primarily resulted from severance costs related to the departure of our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Marketing Officer during the fourth quarter. The $5.6 million of severance and other restructuring charges for 2008 primarily resulted from severance costs of $4.3 million recognized during the second quarter related to the reorganization to support our ongoing transition to a franchise-focused business model, which led to the elimination of approximately 70 positions.
 
The components of the change in accrued exit cost liabilities were as follows:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Balance, beginning of year
 
$
6,555
   
$
9,239
 
Provisions for units closed during the year (1)
   
755
     
683
 
Changes in estimates of accrued exit costs, net (1)
   
492
     
15
 
Payments, net of sublease receipts
   
(3,275
)
   
(4,098
)
Reclassification of certain lease liabilities, net
   
(136
)
   
 
Interest accretion
   
557
     
716
 
Balance, end of year
   
4,948
     
6,555
 
Less current portion included in other current liabilities
   
1,400
     
2,003
 
Long-term portion included in other noncurrent liabilities
 
$
3,548
   
$
4,552
 
 
(1)
Included as a component of operating gains, losses and other charges, net
 
Estimated cash payments related to exit cost liabilities in the next five years are as follows:
 
   
(In thousands)
 
2011
 
$
1,606
 
2012
   
1,116
 
2013
   
757
 
2014
   
630
 
2015
   
341
 
Thereafter
   
1,197
 
Total
   
5,647
 
Less imputed interest
   
699
 
Present value of exit cost liabilities
 
$
4,948
 
 
The present value of exit cost liabilities is net of $3.8 million of existing sublease arrangements and $0.8 million related to properties for which we expect to enter into sublease agreements in the future. See Note 9 for a schedule of future minimum lease commitments and amounts to be received as lessor or sub-lessor for both open and closed units.
 
As of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, we had accrued severance and other restructuring charges of $0.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively.  The balance as of December 29, 2010 is expected to be paid during 2011.
 
Note 9.     Leases
 
Our operations utilize property, facilities and equipment leased from others. Buildings and facilities are primarily used for restaurants and support facilities. Many of our restaurants are operated under lease arrangements which generally provide for a fixed basic rent, and, in many instances, contingent rent based on a percentage of gross revenues. Initial terms of land and restaurant building leases generally are not less than 15 years exclusive of options to renew. Leases of other equipment consist primarily of restaurant equipment, computer systems and vehicles.
 
 
We lease certain owned and leased property, facilities and equipment to others. Our net investment in direct financing leases receivable, of which the current portion is recorded in prepaid and other current assets and the long-term portion is recorded in other noncurrent assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, was as follows:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Total minimum rents receivable
 
$
17,969
   
$
23,981
 
Estimated residual value of leased property (unguaranteed)
   
1,900
     
2,300
 
     
19,869
     
26,281
 
Less unearned income
   
14,676
     
19,743
 
Net investment in direct financing leases receivable
 
$
5,193
   
$
6,538
 
 
 
F-15

 
 
Note 9.     Leases (continued)
 
Minimum future lease commitments and amounts to be received as lessor or sublessor under non-cancelable leases, including leases for both open and closed units, at December 29, 2010 were as follows:
 
   
Commitments
   
Lease Receipts
 
   
Capital
   
Operating
   
Direct Financing
   
Operating
 
   
(In thousands)
 
2011
 
$
7,675
   
$
38,731
   
$
1,061
   
$
34,119
 
2012
   
7,112
     
35,319
     
1,061
     
32,455
 
2013
   
5,887
     
31,012
     
1,061
     
30,638
 
2014
   
4,748
     
27,940
     
1,061
     
28,843
 
2015
   
3,217
     
24,166
     
1,061
     
25,855
 
Thereafter
   
8,961
     
112,976
     
12,664
     
150,387
 
Total
   
37,600
   
$
270,144
   
$
17,969
   
$
302,297
 
Less imputed interest
   
14,503
                         
Present value of capital lease obligations
 
$
23,097
                         
 
Rent expense and lease and sublease rental income are recorded as components of occupancy expense and costs of franchise and license revenue in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and were comprised of the following: 
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Rent expense: 
                       
Base rents
 
$
42,575
   
$
43,585
   
$
43,405
 
Contingent rents
   
4,374
     
4,657
     
5,884
 
Total rental expense
 
$
46,949
   
$
48,242
   
$
49,289
 
Rental income:
                       
Base rents
 
$
35,882
   
$
34,265
   
$
 28,705
 
Contingent rents
   
2,660
     
3,299
     
 3,660
 
Total rental income
 
$
38,542
   
$
 37,564
   
$
 32,365
 
Net rent expense:
                       
Base rents
 
$
6,693
   
$
 9,320
   
$
 14,700
 
Contingent rents
   
1,714
     
 1,358
     
 2,224
 
Net rental expense
 
$
8,407
   
$
10,678
   
$
 16,924
 
 
Note 10.     Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Effective December 27, 2007, the first day of fiscal 2008, we adopted the Codification's guidance on fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities, as well as any other assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis in financial statements. Effective January 1, 2009, the first day of fiscal 2009, we applied the Codification's guidance on fair value measurements to nonfinancial assets and liabilities.
 
Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis
 
Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

   
Fair Value Measurements as of December 29, 2010
   
Total
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/Liabilities
(Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Valuation Technique
   
(In thousands )
   
Deferred compensation plan investments 
 
$
5,926
   
$
5,926
   
$
   
$
 
market approach
Total
 
$
5,926
   
$
5,926
   
$
   
$
   
 
   
Fair Value Measurements as of December 30, 2009
   
Total
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/Liabilities
(Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Valuation Technique
   
(In thousands )
   
Deferred compensation plan investments 
 
$
5,721
   
$
5,721
   
$
   
$
 
market approach
Total
 
$
5,721
   
$
5,721
   
$
   
$
   
 
 
F-16

 
 
Note 10.     Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)
 
In addition to the financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, we measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. As of December 29, 2010 and December 20, 2009, impaired assets related to underperforming units were written down to a fair value of $0 based on the income approach.
 
Fair Value of Long-Term Debt
 
The book value and estimated fair value of our long-term debt, before original issue discount and excluding capital lease obligations, was as follows:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Book value:
           
Fixed rate long-term debt
 
$
181
   
$
175,257
 
Variable rate long-term debt
   
240,000
     
80,000
 
Long term debt excluding capital lease obligations
 
$
240,181
   
$
255,257
 
                 
Estimate fair value:
               
Fixed rate long-term debt
 
$
181
   
$
179,194
 
Variable rate long-term debt
   
243,000
     
80,000
 
Long term debt excluding capital lease obligations
 
$
243,181
   
$
259,194
 
 
The difference between the estimated fair value of long-term debt compared with its historical cost reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 29, 2010 relates primarily to market quotations for our senior secured term loan. The difference between the estimated fair value of long-term debt compared with its historical cost reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 30, 2009 relates primarily to market quotations for our 10% Senior Notes due 2012 (the "10% Notes"). During 2010, we completed a tender offer on the 10% Notes. See Note 11.
 
Note 11.     Long-Term Debt
 
Long-term debt consisted of the following:

   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
New Credit Facility:
           
Revolver loans outstanding due September 30, 2015
  $     $  
Term loans due September 30, 2016
    240,000        
Old Credit Facility (repaid during the year ended December 29, 2010):
               
Revolver loans outstanding due December 15, 2011
           
Term loans due March 31, 2012
          80,000  
Notes and debentures (repaid during the year ended December 29, 2010):
               
10% Senior Notes due October 1, 2012, interest payable semi-annually
          175,000  
Other notes payable, maturing 1/1/2013, payable in monthly installments
    with an interest rate of 9.17%
    181       257  
Capital lease obligations
    23,097       23,409  
   Total long-term debt     263,278       278,666  
Unamortized discount     (3,455      
   Total long-term debt, net     259,823          
Less current maturities and mandatory prepayments
    6,692       4,625  
Noncurrent portion of long-term debt
  $ 253,131     $ 274,041  
 
Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital lease obligations (see Note 9), at December 29, 2010 are as follows:
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
2011
 
$
2,583
 
2012
   
2,590
 
2013
   
2,508
 
2014
   
2,500
 
2015 and thereafter
   
230,000
 
Total long-term debt, excluding capital lease obligations
 
$
240,181
 
 
Refinancing of Credit Facility and Tender Offer

On September 30, 2010, our subsidiaries Denny’s, Inc. and Denny’s Realty, LLC, (the “Borrowers”), refinanced our then existing credit facility (the “Old Credit Facility”) and entered into an amended and restated senior secured credit agreement in an aggregate principal of $300 million (the “New Credit Facility”). The New Credit Facility consists of a $50 million five year senior secured revolver (with a $30 million letter of credit sublimit) and a $250 million six year senior secured term loan.
 
 
F-17

 
 
Note 11.     Long-Term Debt (continued)
 
A commitment fee of 0.625% is paid on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. Interest on the New Credit Facility was initially payable at per annum rates equal to LIBOR plus 475 basis points with a LIBOR floor of 1.75%. The term loan was issued at 98.5% reflecting an original issue discount (“OID”) of $3.8 million. The OID is being amortized into interest expense over the life of the term loan using the effective interest rate method. The New Credit Facility includes an accordion feature that would allow the Borrowers to increase the size of the facility by $25 million subject to lender approval. The maturity date for the revolver is September 30, 2015. The maturity date for the term loan is September 30, 2016. The term loan amortizes in equal quarterly installments equal to approximately 1% per annum with all remaining amounts due on the maturity date. Mandatory prepayments will be required under certain circumstances and we will have the option to make certain prepayments under the New Credit Facility.
 
Proceeds from the New Credit Facility were used principally to repurchase or redeem the $175 million aggregate principal amount of our 10% Senior Notes due 2012 (the "10% Notes") through a tender offer and subsequent redemption of the 10% Notes not tendered by noteholders pursuant to the tender offer and to repay the $65 million term loan under the Old Credit Facility. The New Credit Facility is guaranteed by the Company and its material subsidiaries and is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, including the stock of the Company’s subsidiaries.

The New Credit Facility includes certain financial covenants with respect to a maximum leverage ratio, a maximum lease-adjusted leverage ratio, a minimum fixed charged coverage ratio and limitations on capital expenditures. These covenants are substantially similar to those that were contained in the Old Credit Facility.

As a result of the debt refinancing, we recorded $4.5 million of losses on early extinguishment of debt, consisting primarily of $1.8 million of transaction costs, $1.8 million from the write-off of deferred financing costs and other costs related to the tender offer. These losses are included as a component of other nonoperating expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

As of December 29, 2010, we had an outstanding term loan of $236.5 million ($240.0 million less unamortized OID of $3.5 million) and outstanding letters of credit of $26.4 million under our revolving letter of credit facility. There were no revolving loans outstanding at December 29, 2010. These balances resulted in availability of $23.6 million under the revolving facility. The weighted-average interest rate under the term loan was 6.50%, 2.55% and 4.35% as of December 29, 2010, December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, prior to considering the impact of our interest rate swap as of December 31, 2008, as described in Note 12. Taking into consideration our interest rate swap, the weighted-average interest rate under the term loan was 6.36% as of December 31, 2008. The interest rate swap was terminated during the fourth quarter of 2009.  See Note 12.

Prior to refinancing our credit facility, during 2010, we paid $15.0 million (which included $14.6 million of prepayments and $0.4 million of scheduled payments) on the term loan in the Old Credit Facility through a combination of proceeds on sales of restaurant operations to franchisees, real estate and other assets, as well as cash generated from operations. As a result of these prepayments, we recorded less than $0.1 million of losses on early extinguishment of debt resulting from the write-off of deferred financing costs. These losses are included as a component of other nonoperating expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Also, during 2010, we paid $10.0 million (which included $9.4 million of prepayments and $0.6 million of scheduled payments) on the term loan in the New Credit Facility through a combination of proceeds on sales of restaurant operations to franchisees, real estate and other assets, as well as cash generated from operations. As a result of these prepayments, we recorded $0.2 million of losses on early extinguishment of debt resulting from the write-off of $0.1 million in deferred financing costs and $0.1 million in OID. These losses are included as a component of other nonoperating expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
   
Note 12.     Derivative Financial Instruments

We may choose to utilize derivative financial instruments to manage our exposure to interest rate risk and commodity risk in relation to natural gas costs. We do not enter into derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
 
Interest Rate Swaps
 
In 2007, we entered into an interest rate swap and designated it as a cash flow hedge.  Under the terms of the swap, we effectively fixed the interest rate on the first $150 million of our floating rate debt to 6.8925%. During 2007, we determined that a portion of the underlying cash flows related to the swap were no longer probable of occurring, which resulted in the discontinuance of hedge accounting. The losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income at that time were amortized to other nonoperating expense over the remaining term of the interest rate swap (through March 30, 2010). In 2008, we terminated $50 million of the notional amount of the interest rate swap, resulting in a $2.4 million cash payment that was made during 2008. In 2009, we terminated the remaining $100 million of the notional amount of the interest rate swap, resulting in a $1.3 million cash payment that was made in during 2009. There were no interest rate swaps outstanding as of December 29, 2010 or December 30, 2009.
 
Natural Gas Hedge Contracts
 
During 2008 and 2009, we entered into natural gas hedge contracts in order to limit our exposure to price increases for natural gas. These paid fixed/received floating agreements were based on NYMEX prices. As of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, there were no outstanding contracts related to our natural gas purchases. Realized gains (losses) on the contracts were recorded as utility cost which is a component of other operating expenses. The contracts were not accounted for under hedge accounting, and therefore, changes in the contracts' fair value were recorded in other nonoperating expense. Under the terms of the natural gas hedge contracts, both parties may have been required to provide collateral related to any liability positions held.  As of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, no collateral was held by the counterparty.
 
 
F-18

 
 
Note 12.     Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
 
As of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, there were no derivative instruments included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The changes in fair value of the interest rate swap during 2009 were as follows:
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Fair value of the interest rate swap, December 31, 2008
 
$
(4,545
)
Change in the fair value of the interest rate swap (recorded in other nonoperating expense)
   
3,261
 
Termination of a portion of the swap
   
1,284
 
Fair value of the interest rate swap, December 30, 2009
 
$
 
 
The gains (losses) recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations as a result of the interest rate swap and natural gas hedge contracts were as follows:

   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Realized gains (losses):
                 
Interest rate swap - included as a component of
interest expense
 
$
   
$
(3,930
)
 
$
(1,402
)
Natural gas contracts - included as a component
of utility  expense, which is included in other
operating expenses
 
$
   
$
(1,484
)
 
$
(556
)
                         
Unrealized gains (losses) included as a component
of nonoperating expense:
                       
Interest rate swap
 
$
(167
)
 
$
2,241
   
$
(5,351
)
Natural gas contracts
 
$
   
$
811
   
$
(811
 
The unrealized gains (losses) related to the interest rate swap include both the changes in the fair value of the swap and the amortization of losses previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
Note 13.     Employee Benefit Plans
 
We maintain several defined benefit plans which cover a substantial number of employees. Benefits are based upon each employee’s years of service and average salary. Our funding policy is based on the minimum amount required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Our pension plan was closed to new participants as of December 31, 1999. Benefits ceased to accrue for pension plan participants as of December 31, 2004. We also maintain defined contribution plans.
 
 
F-19

 
 
Note 13.     Employee Benefit Plans (continued)
 
Defined Benefit Plans
 
The obligations and funded status for our pension plan and other defined benefit plans were as follows:

   
Pension Plan
   
Other Defined Benefit Plans
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Change in Benefit Obligation:
                       
Benefit obligation at beginning
of year
 
$
58,830
   
$
57,298
   
$
2,424
   
$
2,553
 
Service cost
   
375
     
390
     
     
 
Interest cost
   
3,431
     
3,452
     
139
     
151
 
Actuarial losses (gains)
   
3,838
     
1,018
     
125
     
98
 
Settlement loss
   
     
     
     
16
 
Benefits paid
   
(3,349
)
   
(3,328
)
   
(195
)
   
(394
)
Benefit obligation at end of year
 
$
63,125
   
$
58,830
   
$
2,493
   
$
2,424
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
 
$
63,125
   
$
 58,830
   
$
2,493
   
$
2,424
 
                                 
Change in Plan Assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning
of year
 
$
51,128
   
$
44,451
   
$
   
$
 
Actual return on plan assets
   
5,801
     
8,933
     
     
 
Employer contributions
   
     
1,072
     
195
     
394
 
Benefits paid
   
(3,349
)
   
(3,328
)
   
(195
)
   
(394
)
Fair value of plan assets at end
of year
 
$
53,580
   
$
51,128
   
$
   
$
 
                                 
Reconciliation of Funded Status:
                               
Funded status
 
$
(9,545
)
 
$
(7,702
)
 
$
(2,493
)
 
$
(2,424
)
 
The amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

   
Pension Plan
   
Other Defined Benefit Plans
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Other current liabilities 
 
$
   
$
   
$
(302
)
 
$
(221
)
Other noncurrent liabilities and
deferred credits
   
(9,545
)
   
(7,702
)
   
(2,191
)
   
(2,203
)
Net amount recognized 
 
$
(9,545
)
 
$
(7,702
)
 
$
(2,493
)
 
$
(2,424
)
 
The amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, that have not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost, were as follows:

   
Pension Plan
   
Other Defined Benefit Plans
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Net loss
 
$
(18,599
)
   
(17,549
)
   
(600
)
   
(496
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
$
(18,599
)
   
(17,549
)
   
(600
)
   
(496
)
Cumulative employer contributions
in excess of cost
   
9,054
     
9,847
     
(1,893
)
   
(1,928
)
Net amount recognized
 
$
(9,545
)
   
(7,702
)
   
(2,493
)
   
(2,424
)

 
F-20

 
 
Note 13.     Employee Benefit Plans (continued)
 
During fiscal 2011, $1.0 million and less than $0.1 million of accumulated other comprehensive income will be recognized related to the pension plan and other defined benefit plans, respectively.
 
The components of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss were as follows:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Pension Plan:
           
Balance, beginning of year
 
$
(17,549
)
 
$
(23,307
)
Benefit obligation actuarial gain (loss)
   
(3,838
)
   
(1,018
)
Net gain (loss)
   
1,873
     
5,469
 
Amortization of net loss
   
915
     
1,307
 
Balance, end of year
 
$
(18,599
)
 
$
(17,549
)
                 
Other Defined Benefit Plans:
               
Balance, beginning of year
 
$
(497
)
 
$
(427
)
Benefit obligation actuarial gain (loss)
   
(125
)
   
(98
)
Net gain (loss)
   
     
13
 
Amortization of net loss
   
22
     
15
 
Balance, end of year
 
$
(600
)
 
$
(497
)
 
Minimum pension liability adjustments for 2010, 2009 and 2008 were an addition of $1.2 million, a reduction of $5.7 million and an addition of $12.9 million, respectively. Accumulated other comprehensive losses of $19.2 million and $18.0 million related to minimum pension liability adjustments are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Deficit and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, respectively. 
 
The components of net periodic benefit cost were as follows:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Pension Plan:
                       
Service cost
 
$
375
   
$
390
   
$
350
 
Interest cost
   
3,431
     
3,452
     
3,388
 
Expected return on plan assets
   
(3,928
)
   
(3,464
)
   
(3,877
)
Amortization of net loss
   
915
     
1,307
     
601
 
Net periodic benefit cost
 
$
793
   
$
1,685
   
$
462
 
                         
Other comprehensive (income) loss
 
$
1,050
 
 
$
(5,758
)
 
$
12,982
 
                         
Other Defined Benefit Plans:
                       
Service cost
 
$
   
$
   
$
 
Interest cost
   
138
     
151
     
194
 
Amortization of net loss
   
22
     
15
     
19
 
Settlement loss recognized
   
     
29
     
58
 
Net periodic benefit cost
 
$
160
   
$
195
   
$
271
 
                         
Other comprehensive (income) loss
 
$
103
   
$
70
   
$
(39
)

Net pension and other defined benefit plan costs (including premiums paid to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) for 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $1.0 million, $1.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Assumptions

Because our pension plan was closed to new participants as of December 31, 1999, and benefits ceased to accrue for Pension Plan participants as of December 31, 2004, an assumed rate of increase in compensation levels was not applicable for 2010, 2009 or 2008. Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations were as follows:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
Discount rate
   
5.42
%
   
5.99
%
Measurement date
 
12/29/10
   
12/30/09
 
 
 
F-21

 
 
Note 13.     Employee Benefit Plans (continued)
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost were as follows:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
Discount rate
   
5.99
%
   
6.19
%
   
6.57
%
Rate of increase in compensation levels
 
N/A
   
N/A
   
N/A
 
Expected long-term rate of return on assets
   
8.00
%
   
8.00
%
   
8.00
%
Measurement date 
 
12/29/10
   
12/30/09
   
12/31/08
 
 
In determining the expected long-term rate of return on assets, we evaluated our asset class return expectations, as well as long-term historical asset class returns. Projected returns are based on broad equity and bond indices. Additionally, we considered our historical 10-year and 15-year compounded returns, which have been in excess of our forward-looking return expectations. In determining the discount rate, we have considered long-term bond indices of bonds having similar timing and amounts of cash flows as our estimated defined benefit payments. We use a yield curve based on high quality, long-term corporate bonds to calculate the single equivalent discount rate that results in the same present value as the sum of each of the plan's estimated benefit payments discounted at their respective spot rates.
 
Plan Assets
 
The investment policy of our pension plan is based on an evaluation of our ability and willingness to assume investment risk in light of the financial and benefit-related goals objectives deemed to be prudent by the fiduciaries of our pension plan assets. These objectives include, but are not limited to, earning a rate of return over time to satisfy the benefit obligation, managing funded status volatility, and maintaining sufficient liquidity. As of December 29, 2010, the strategic target asset allocation is 60% equity securities (diversified between domestic and international holdings) and 40% fixed income securities (diversified between corporate and government holdings and generally long duration).
 
We review the strategic asset allocation periodically to determine the appropriate balance between cost and risk, taking into account the regulatory funding requirements and the nature of our pension plan's liabilities. We monitor the competitive performance versus market benchmarks and rebalance to target allocations if necessary on a quarterly basis.
 
The fair values of our pension plan assets were as follows:

   
Fair Value Measurements as of December 29, 2010
 
Asset Category
 
Total
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/Liabilities
(Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
   
(In thousands )
 
Cash equivalents 
 
$
690
   
$
   
$
690
   
$
 
Equity securities:
                               
U.S. large-cap (a)
   
14,368
     
14,368
     
     
 
U.S. mid-cap (b)
   
4,240
     
4,240
     
     
 
U.S. small-cap (c)
   
1,055
     
1,055
     
     
 
International large-cap
   
8,542
     
8,542
     
     
 
Fixed income securities:
                               
U.S. Treasuries
   
2,397
     
2,397
     
     
 
Corporate bonds (d)
   
18,878
     
18,878
     
     
 
Other types of investments:
                               
Commingled funds (e)
   
3,410
     
     
3,410
     
 
Total
 
$
53,580
   
$
49,480
   
$
4,100
   
$
 

(a)
The majority of this category represents a fund with the objective of approximating the return of the S&P 500 Index.  The remaining securities include both a large-value fund and a large-growth fund investing in diverse industries.
(b)
This category includes both a mid-growth fund with the objective of outperforming the Russell Mid Cap Growth Index and a mid-value fund investing in diverse industries.
(c)
This category includes both a small-value fund and a small-growth fund investing in diverse industries.
(d) 
This category includes intermediate and long-term investment grade bonds from diverse industries.
(e)
This category represents a fund of well diversified hedged mutual funds with the objective of providing a low-volatility means to access equity-like returns.
 
 
F-22

 
 
Note 13.     Employee Benefit Plans (continued)
 
   
Fair Value Measurements as of December 30, 2009
 
Asset Category
 
Total
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/Liabilities
(Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
   
(In thousands )
 
Cash equivalents 
 
$
1,033
   
$
   
$
1,033
   
$
 
Equity securities:
                               
U.S. large-cap (a)
   
13,600
     
13,600
     
     
 
U.S. mid-cap (b)
   
4,004
     
4,004
     
     
 
U.S. small-cap (c)
   
1,005
     
1,005
     
     
 
International large-cap
   
8,161
     
8,161
     
     
 
Fixed income securities:
                               
U.S. Treasuries
   
4,579
     
4,579
     
     
 
Corporate bonds (d)
   
15,657
     
15,657
     
     
 
Other types of investments:
                               
Commingled funds (e)
   
3,089
     
     
3,089
     
 
Total
 
$
51,128
   
$
47,006
   
$
4,122
   
$
 
 
(a)
The majority of this category represents a fund with the objective of approximating the return of the S&P 500 Index.  The remaining securities include both a large-value fund and a large-growth fund investing in diverse industries.
(b)
This category includes both a mid-growth fund with the objective of outperforming the Russell Mid Cap Growth Index and a mid-value fund investing in diverse industries.
(c)
This category includes both a small-value fund and a small-growth fund investing in diverse industries.
(d) 
This category includes intermediate and long-term investment grade bonds from diverse industries.
(e)
This category represents a fund of well diversified hedged mutual funds with the objective of providing a low-volatility means to access equity-like returns.
 
Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value.
 
Equity Securities and Fixed Income Securities: Valued at the net asset value (“NAV”) of shares held by the pension plan at year-end. The NAV is a quoted price in an active market.
   
Cash Equivalents and Commingled Funds: Valuation determined by the trustee of the money market funds and commingled funds based on the fair value of the underlying securities within the fund, which represent the NAV, a practical expedient to fair value, of the units held by the pension plan at year-end.
 
Contributions and Expected Future Benefit Payments

We did not make contributions to our qualified pension plan during 2010. We made contributions of $1.1 million to our qualified pension plan during the year ended December 30, 2009. We made contributions of $0.2 million and $0.4 million to our other defined benefit plans during the years ended December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, respectively. We expect to contribute $1.9 million and $0.3 million to our qualified pension plan and other defined benefit plans, respectively, during 2011. Benefits expected to be paid for each of the next five years and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years from 2016 through 2020 are as follows:
 
   
Pension Plan
   
Other Defined
Benefit Plans
 
   
(In thousands)
 
2011
 
$
3,307
   
$
302
 
2012
   
3,309
     
204
 
2013
   
3,349
     
252
 
2014
   
3,360
     
206
 
2015
   
3,414
     
182
 
2016 through 2020
   
19,338
     
1,052
 
 
Defined Contribution Plans

Eligible employees can elect to contribute 1% to 15% of their compensation to our 401(k) plan. As a result of certain IRS limitations, participation in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan is offered to certain employees. Under this deferred compensation plan, participants are allowed to defer 1% to 50% of their annual salary and 1% to 100% of their incentive compensation. Under both plans, we make matching contributions of up to 3% of compensation. Participants in the deferred compensation plan are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan; however, due to the above referenced IRS limitations, they are not eligible to receive the matching contributions under the 401(k) plan. Under these plans, we made contributions of $1.4 million, $1.6 million and $1.9 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
 
F-23

 
 
Note 14.     Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
The components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in our Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Deficit and Comprehensive Loss were as follows:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Additional minimum pension liability (Note 13)
 
$
(19,199
)
 
$
(18,046
)
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap (Note 12)
   
     
(167
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
$
(19,199
)
 
$
(18,213
)
 
Note 15.     Income Taxes
 
The provisions for income taxes were as follows:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Current:
                       
Federal
 
$
   
$
(897
)
 
$
(542
)
State, foreign and other
   
1,058
     
1,626
     
1,307
 
     
1,058
     
729
     
765
 
Deferred:
                       
Federal
   
235
     
525
     
2,408
 
State, foreign and other
   
88
     
146
     
349
 
     
323
     
671
     
2,757
 
Provision for income taxes
 
$
1,381
   
$
1,400
   
$
3,522
 

The federal provision for income taxes included the recognition of $0.7 million of current tax benefits related to the enactment of certain federal and state laws enacted for both the years ended December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008. There was no such recognition during the year ended December 29, 2010.
 
The reconciliation of income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to our effective tax rate was as follows: 
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
Statutory provision (benefit) rate
   
35
%
   
35
%
   
35
%
State, foreign, and other taxes, net of federal
   income tax benefit
   
3
     
3
     
5
 
Wage addback (deductions) on income tax credits
   earned (expired), net
   
(9
)
   
     
(2
)
Portion of net operating losses, temporary
   differences and unused income tax credits
   resulting from the establishment or reduction
   in the valuation allowance
   
(24
   
(35
)
   
(19
)
Other
   
1
     
     
3
 
Effective tax rate
   
6
%
   
3
%
   
22
%
  
During the years ended December 29, 2010, December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the statutory provision rate included reductions of 24%, 35% and 19%, respectively, principally related to the reversal of valuation allowances associated with the utilization of net operating losses, temporary differences and alternative minimum tax credits. Specifically, during fiscal 2010, we recorded a $1.1 million, or 5%, increase related to net operating losses, a $7.2 million, or 30%, reduction related to temporary differences and a $0.3 million, or 1%, increase in other items. During fiscal 2009, we recorded a $6.6 million, or 15%, reduction related to net operating losses, an $8.2 million, or 19%, reduction related to temporary differences and a $0.9 million, or 1%, reduction related to alternative minimum taxes. During fiscal 2008, we recorded a $4.4 million, or 27%, reduction related to net operating losses, a $0.9 million, or 5%, reduction related to temporary differences, a $0.5 million, or 3%, reduction related to alternative minimum taxes, a $2.0 million, or 13%, increase related to the utilization of deferred tax assets established in fresh start reporting, which was recorded as a reduction in the Company's goodwill upon utilization and a $0.5 million, or 3%, increase in other items.
 
 
F-24

 
 
Note 15.     Income Taxes (continued)
 
The following represents the approximate tax effect of each significant type of temporary difference that resulted in deferred income tax assets or liabilities:
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Deferred tax assets:
           
Lease liabilities
 
$
265
   
$
569
 
Self-insurance accruals
   
10,676
     
12,408
 
Capitalized leases
   
4,111
     
4,463
 
Closed store liabilities
   
2,752
     
3,545
 
Fixed assets
   
17,758
     
22,767
 
Pension, other retirement and compensation plans
   
16,587
     
17,243
 
Other accruals
   
1,673
     
1,047
 
Future deductions on expired wage based credits
   
2,500
     
3,618
 
Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards
   
12,376
     
12,307
 
General business credit carryforwards - state and federal
   
35,456
     
38,887
 
Net operating loss carryforwards - state
   
26,186
     
28,574
 
Net operating loss carryforwards - federal
   
8,964
     
7,302
 
Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
   
139,304
     
152,730
 
Less: valuation allowance
   
(126,621
)
   
(138,951
)
Deferred tax assets
   
12,683
     
13,779
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Intangible assets
   
(26,023
)
   
(26,795
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
   
(26,023
)
   
(26,795
)
Net deferred tax liability
 
$
(13,340
)
 
$
(13,016
)
 
We have provided valuation allowances related to any benefits from income taxes resulting from the application of a statutory tax rate to our net operating losses (“NOL”) generated in previous periods. The valuation allowance decreased $12.3 million during the year ended December 29, 2010. The South Carolina net operating loss carryforwards represent 74% of the total state net operating loss carryforwards. During 2008, we utilized certain state NOL carryforwards whose valuation allowance was established in connection with fresh start reporting on January 7, 1998. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized an increase of approximately $2.0 million of federal and state deferred tax expense with a corresponding reduction to goodwill in connection with fresh start reporting. In accordance with the 2009 adoption of the Codification’s guidance on business combinations any additional reversal of deferred tax asset valuation allowance established in connection with fresh start reporting is recorded as a component of income tax expense rather than as a reduction to the goodwill established in connection with the fresh start reporting.
 
At December 29, 2010, we had available, on a consolidated basis, general business credit carryforwards of approximately $34.8 million, most of which expire between 2011 and 2029, and alternative minimum tax ("AMT") credit carryforwards of approximately $12.3 million, which never expire. We also had available regular NOL and AMT NOL carryforwards of approximately $31.1 million and $120.4 million, respectively, which expire between 2020 and 2030.
 
Prior to 2005, Denny’s had ownership changes within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Because of these changes, the amount of our NOL carryforwards along with any other tax carryforward attribute, for periods prior to the dates of change, are limited to an annual amount which may be increased by the amount of our net unrealized built-in gains at the time of any ownership change recognized in that taxable year. Therefore, some of our tax attributes recorded in the gross deferred tax asset inventory may expire prior to their utilization. A valuation allowance was established for a significant portion of these deferred tax assets since it was our position that it was more-likely-than-not the tax benefit would not be realized from these assets. In conjunction with our ongoing review of our actual results and anticipated future earnings, we have reassessed the possibility of releasing a portion or all of the valuation allowance currently in place for our deferred tax assets. Based upon this assessment, a release of the valuation allowance is not appropriate as of December 29, 2010, but may occur during 2011 or 2012. The required accounting for a release of the valuation allowance will involve significant tax amounts and will impact earnings in the quarter in which it is deemed appropriate to release the reserve. At December 29, 2010, the valuation allowance was approximately $126.6 million.
 
The reconciliation of changes in unrecognized tax benefits was as follows:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Balance, beginning of year
 
$
1,513
   
$
1,271
 
Increases attributable to tax positions taken during a prior year             242  
Lapse of statute of limitations
   
(1,513
)
   
 
Balance, end of year
 
$
   
$
1,513
 
 
We expect the unrecognized tax benefits to increase over the next twelve months by $0.1 to $0.2 million, none of which is expected to impact our effective rate. The expected increase is due to the timing of recognition on certain income items. As of and for the years ended December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, there were no interest and penalties recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Statement of Operations.
 
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdictions and various state jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007. We remain subject to examination for U.S. federal taxes for 2007-2010 and in the following major state jurisdictions: California (2006-2010); Florida (2007-2010) and Texas (2006-2010).
 
 
F-25

 
 
Note 16.     Share-Based Compensation
 
Share-Based Compensation Plans

We maintain five share-based compensation plans (the Denny’s Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2008 Omnibus Plan”), the Denny’s Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2004 Omnibus Plan”), the Denny’s, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan for Executives, the Advantica Stock Option Plan and the Advantica Restaurant Group Director Stock Option Plan) under which stock options and other awards granted to our employees and directors are outstanding.
 
The 2008 Omnibus Plan and the 2004 Omnibus Plan will be used to grant share-based compensation to selected employees, officers and directors of Denny’s and its affiliates. However, we reserve the right to pay discretionary bonuses, or other types of compensation, outside of these plans. There were originally 4.5 million shares reserved for issuance under the 2008 Omnibus Plan. There were originally 10.0 million shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Omnibus Plan, plus a number of additional shares (not to exceed 1.5 million) underlying awards that were outstanding prior to the adoption of the 2004 Omnibus Plan pursuant to our other plans which thereafter cancel, terminate or expire unexercised for any reason. During 2010, we registered 1.5 million shares to be issued outside of these plans pursuant to the grant or exercise of employment inducement awards of stock options and restricted stock units in accordance with NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c)(4). In 2010, a portion of these shares were used to grant options and restricted stock awards to our new Chief Operating Officer and new Chief Marketing Officer, as described below.
 
The Compensation and Incentives Committee of our Board or Directors, or our Board of Directors as a whole, has sole discretion to determine the terms and conditions of awards granted under such plans. Under the terms of options granted under the above referenced plans, generally, optionees who terminate for any reason other than cause, disability, retirement or death will be allowed 60 days after the termination date to exercise vested options. Vested options are generally exercisable for one year when termination is by a reason of disability, retirement or death. If termination is for cause, no option shall be exercisable after the termination date.
 
Share-Based Compensation Expense
 
Total share-based compensation expense included as a component of net income was as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
                   
Share-based compensation related to liability classified restricted stock units 
 
$
918
   
$
1,104
   
$
92
 
Share-based compensation related to equity classified awards:
                       
Stock options
 
$
1,072
   
$
1,567
   
$
1,817
 
Restricted stock units
   
533
     
1,687
     
1,980
 
Board deferred stock units
   
317
     
313
     
228
 
Total share-based compensation related to equity classified awards
   
1,922
     
3,567
     
4,025
 
Total share-based compensation
 
$
2,840
   
$
4,671
   
$
4,117
 
 
Stock Options

Options granted to date generally vest evenly over 3 years, have a 10-year contractual life and are issued at the market value at the date of grant.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 29, 2010:
 
   
Options
   
Weighted-Average Exercise Price
   
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life
   
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
 
   
(In thousands)
               
(In thousands )
 
Outstanding, beginning of year
   
8,302
   
$
2.34
             
Granted
   
825
     
2.56
             
Exercised
   
(2,887
)
   
1.40
             
Forfeited
   
(327
)
   
3.82
             
Expired
   
     
             
Outstanding, end of year
   
5,913
     
2.76
     
4.28
   
$
5,812
 
Exercisable, end of year
   
4,019
     
3.00
     
3.04
   
$
3,414
 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value was calculated using the difference between the market price of our stock on December 29, 2010 and the exercise price for only those options that have an exercise price that is less than the market price of our stock. The aggregate intrinsic value of the options exercised was $5.6 million, $0.1 million and $1.1 million during the years ended December 29, 2010, December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
  
The weighted average fair value per option of options granted during the years ended December 29, 2010, December 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was $1.31, $0.81 and $1.18, respectively.
 
 
F-26

 
 
Note 16.     Share-Based Compensation (continued)
 
At December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, approximately $15.7 million and $14.6 million, respectively, was included as a component of additional paid-in-capital in our Consolidated Balance Sheet related to stock options. As of December 29, 2010, we had approximately $1.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option awards granted, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average of 1.5 years.
 
Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes information about restricted stock units outstanding at December 29, 2010:  

 
   
Units
   
Weighted-Average Grant Date
Fair Value
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Outstanding, beginning of year
   
2,009
   
$
3.47
 
Granted
   
619
     
2.29
 
Vested
   
(908
)
   
3.54
 
Forfeited
   
(270
)
   
3.47
 
Outstanding, end of year
   
1,450
     
2.92
 
 
In September 2010, we granted approximately 0.3 million performance-based restricted stock units as an employment incentive related to the hiring of our new Chief Operating Officer. As these awards contain a market condition, a Monte Carlo valuation was used to determine the grant date fair value. The weighted average fair value per share was $2.18. The units will vest and be earned if the closing price of Denny’s common stock meets or exceeds set price hurdles for 20 consecutive days. The performance period is the five year period beginning September 13, 2010 and ending September 13, 2015. As of December 29, 2010 approximate 0.3 million performance-based restricted stock units were outstanding under this award.

In August 2010, we granted approximately 0.2 million performance-based restricted stock units as an employment incentive related to the hiring of our new Chief Marketing Officer. As these awards contain a market condition, a Monte Carlo valuation was used to determine the grant date fair value. The weighted average fair value per share was $2.09. The units will vest and be earned if the closing price of Denny’s common stock meets or exceeds set price hurdles for 20 consecutive days. The performance period is the five year period beginning July 21, 2010 and ending July 21, 2015. As of December 29, 2010 approximate 0.2 million performance-based restricted stock units were outstanding under this award.

In June 2010, we granted two awards of less than 0.1 million restricted stock units to certain non-employee board members. One award had a grant date fair value of $2.72 and the other had a grant date fair value of $2.82. The units vest 12 months from the grant date and, based on the participant's election, are converted to shares of Denny's stock either upon vesting or upon the board member's separation from the Board of Directors. As of December 29, 2010 less than 0.1 million restricted stock units were outstanding under these awards.
 
In January 2010, we granted approximately 0.1 million performance shares and related performance-based target cash awards of $0.3 million to certain employees. As these awards contain a market condition, a Monte Carlo valuation was used to determine the performance shares' grant date fair value of $2.69 per share and the payout probability of the target cash awards. The awards granted to our named executive officers also contain a performance condition based on certain operating measures for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2010. The performance period is the three year fiscal period beginning December 31, 2009 and ending December 26, 2012. The performance shares and cash awards will vest and be earned (from 0% to 150% of the target award for each such increment) at the end of the performance period based on the Total Shareholder Return of our stock compared to the Total Shareholder Returns of a group of peer companies. As of December 29, 2010, approximately 0.1 million performance shares and performance-based target cash awards of $0.3 million were outstanding under this award, respectively.

During 2009, we granted approximately 0.3 million performance shares and related performance-based target cash awards of $0.6 million to certain employees. As these awards contain a market condition, a Monte Carlo valuation was used to determine the performance shares' grant date fair value of $1.84 per share and the payout probability of the target cash awards. The awards granted to our named executive officers also contain a performance condition based on certain operating measures for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2009. The performance period is the three year fiscal period beginning January 1, 2009 and ending December 28, 2011. The performance shares and cash awards are earned and vest (from 0% to 200% of the target award for each such increment) at the end of the performance period based on the Total Shareholder Return of our stock compared to the Total Shareholder Returns of a group of peer companies. During the year ended December 29, 2010, in connection with the settlement with our former Chief Executive Officer (see Note 19), we paid less than $0.1 million (before taxes) in cash and issued less than 0.1 million shares of common stock, net of less than 0.1 million share that were used to pay taxes, related to his performance shares and cash award that vested as of June 30, 2010. As of December 29, 2010, approximately 0.1 million performance shares and performance-based target cash awards of $0.3 million were outstanding under this award, respectively.

During 2008, we granted approximately 1.2 million restricted stock units to certain employees. As these awards contain a market condition, a Monte Carlo valuation was used to determine the grant date fair value of $2.56 per share. The awards granted to our named executive officers also contain a performance condition based on certain operating measures for the four fiscal quarters ending prior to July 16, 2009. These restricted units are earned and vest in 1/3 increments (from 50% to 120% of the target award for each such increment) based on the appreciation/(depreciation) of our common stock from the date of grant to each of three vesting periods (July 16, 2009, July 16, 2010 and July 16, 2011).  During the year ended December 29, 2010, we issued 0.1 million shares of common stock, net of less than 0.1 million shares that were used to pay taxes, related to the 0.2 million restricted stock units that vested on July 16, 2010. Also during the year ended December 29, 2010, in connection with the settlement with our former Chief Executive Officer (see Note 19), we issued 0.1 million shares of common stock, net of less than 0.1 million shares that were used to pay taxes, related to his restricted stock units that vested on June 30, 2010. During the year ended December 30, 2009, we issued 0.2 million shares of common stock, net of 0.1 million shares that were used to pay taxes, related to the 0.3 million restricted stock units that vested as of July 16, 2009. As of December 29, 2010, approximately 0.2 million of the restricted stock units were outstanding under this award.
 
 
F-27

 
 
Note 16.     Share-Based Compensation (continued)
 
During 2007, we granted approximately 0.6 million performance shares and 0.6 million performance units with a grant date fair value of $4.61 per share to certain employees. The awards were earned at 100% of the target award based on certain operating performance measures for fiscal 2007. The performance shares and units vest 15% as of December 26, 2007, 35% as of December 31, 2008 and 50% as of December 30, 2009. During the year ended December 29, 2010, we paid $0.9 million (before taxes) in cash and issued 0.2 million shares of common stock related to the 0.2 million performance units and 0.2 million performance shares that vested on December 30, 2009. During the year ended December 30, 2009, we paid $0.7 million (before taxes) in cash and issued 0.1 million shares of common stock related to the 0.1 million performance units and 0.1 million performance shares that vested on December 31, 2008. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we paid $0.4 million (before taxes) in cash and issued 0.1 million shares of common stock related to the 0.1 million performance units and 0.1 million performance shares that vested on December 26, 2007. As of December 29, 2010, there were no performance shares or units outstanding under this award.
 
In addition, during 2007, we granted approximately 0.1 million stock-settled restricted stock units and 0.1 million cash-settled restricted stock units with a grant date fair value of $4.55 per share to the Company's Chief Financial Officer. The stock-settled and cash-settled units vest in 20% annual increments between July 9, 2008 and July 9, 2012.  The vested stock-settled units will be paid in shares of common stock on July 9, 2012 and the vested cash-settled units will be paid in cash as of each vesting period, provided that he is then still employed with Denny's or an affiliate, previously terminated due to death or disability or previously terminated within two years following a change in control by the Company without cause or by grantee for good reason. During the year ended December 29, 2010, we paid less than $0.1 million (before taxes) in cash related to the cash-settled restricted stock units that vested on July 9, 2010. During the year ended December 30, 2009, we paid less then $0.1 million (before taxes) in cash related to the cash-settled restricted stock units that vested on July 9, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we paid less then $0.1 million (before taxes) in cash related to the cash-settled restricted stock units that vested on July 9, 2008. As of December 29, 2010, approximately 0.1 million and less than 0.1 million of the stock-settled restricted stock units and cash-settled restricted stock units were outstanding under this award, respectively.
 
During 2006, we granted approximately 0.4 million performance shares and 0.4 million performance units with a grant date fair value of $4.45 per share to certain employees. The awards were earned at 100% of the target award based on certain operating performance measures for fiscal 2006. The performance shares and units vested over a period of two years based on continued employment of the holder. During the year ended December 30, 2009, we paid $1.0 million (before taxes) in cash and issued 0.2 million share of common stock related to the 0.2 million performance units and 0.2 million performance shares that vested as of December 31, 2008. As of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, there were no performance shares or units outstanding under this award.
 
During 2005, we granted approximately 0.3 million performance shares and 0.3 million performance units with a grant date fair value of $4.06 per share to certain employees. The awards are earned in 1/3 increments (from 0% to 100% of the target award for each such increment) based on the “total shareholder return” of our common stock over a 1-year performance period (measured as the increase of stock price plus reinvested dividends, divided by beginning stock price) as compared with the total shareholder return of a peer group of restaurant companies over the same period. The annual periods ended June 30, 2006, 2007 and 2008. The first two incremental portions of the awards were not earned during the three annual periods, but will be considered earned after 5 years based on continued employment. The third incremental portion of the awards was earned on June 30, 2008. Once earned, the performance shares and units vest over a period of two years based on continued employment of the holder. On each of the first two anniversaries of the end of the performance period, 50% of the earned performance shares and 50% of the earned performance units are paid. During the year ended December 29, 2010, we paid $0.1 million (before taxes) and issued less than 0.1 million shares of common stock related to the less than 0.1 million performance units and less than 0.1 million performance shares that vested as of June 30, 2010. During the year ended December 30, 2009, we paid $0.1 million (before taxes) in cash and issued less than 0.1 million shares of common stock related to the less than 0.1 million performance units and less than 0.1 million performance shares that vested as of June 30, 2009. As of December 29, 2010, approximately 0.1 million and 0.1 million of the performance shares and units were outstanding under this award, respectively.
 
During 2004, we granted approximately 1.7 million performance shares and 1.7 million performance units with a grant date fair value of $4.22 per share to certain employees. These awards are earned in 1/3 increments (from 0% to 100% of the target award for each such increment) based on the “total shareholder return” of our common stock over a 1-year performance period (measured as the increase of stock price plus reinvested dividends, divided by beginning stock price) as compared with the total shareholder return of a peer group of restaurant companies over the same period. The annual periods ended on June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007. The first 1/3 of the award was earned on June 30, 2005.  The second 1/3 of the award was not earned on June 30, 2006, but was cumulatively earned on June 30, 2007. The third 1/3 of the award was not earned on June 30, 2007, but will be considered earned after 5 years based on continued employment. Once earned, the performance shares and units vest over a period of two years based on continued employment of the holder. On each of the first two anniversaries of the end of the performance period, 50% of the earned performance shares and 50% of the earned performance units are paid. During the year ended December 29, 2010, we paid $0.3 million (before taxes) in cash and issued 0.1 million shares of common stock related to the 0.1 million performance units and 0.1 million performance shares that vested as of June 30, 2010. During the year ended December 30, 2009, we paid $0.3 million (before taxes) in cash and issued 0.1 million shares of common stock related to the 0.1 million performance units and 0.1 million performance shares that vested as of June 30, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we paid $0.5 million (before taxes) in cash and issued 0.2 million shares of common stock related to the 0.2 million performance units and 0.2 million performance shares that vested as of June 30, 2008. As of December 29, 2010, approximately less than 0.1 million and less than 0.1 million of the performance shares and units were outstanding under this award, respectively.

At December 29, 2010, approximately $0.4 million and $0.4 million of accrued compensation was included as a component of other current liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, respectively, (based on the fair value of the related shares for the liability classified units as of December 29, 2010) and $4.3 million was included as a component of additional paid-in-capital in our Consolidated Balance Sheet related to the equity classified restricted stock units. At December 30, 2009, approximately $1.3 million and $0.5 million of accrued compensation was included as a component of other current liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, respectively, (based on the fair value of the related shares for the liability classified units as of December 30, 2009) and $5.2 million was included as a component of additional paid-in-capital in our Consolidated Balance Sheet related to the equity classified restricted stock units.

As of December 29, 2010, we had approximately $1.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost (approximately $0.4 million for liability classified units and approximately $1.5 million for equity classified units) related to unvested restricted stock unit awards granted, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average of 1.1 years.
 
 
F-28

 
 
Note 16.     Share-Based Compensation (continued)
 
Board Deferred Stock Units
 
Non-employee members of the Board of Directors are granted deferred stock units annually, as well as in return for attendance at non-regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors or its Committees. The directors may elect to convert these awards into shares of common stock either on a specific date in the future (while still serving as a member of the Board of Directors) or upon termination as a member of the Board of Directors. As of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, approximately 0.5 million and 0.3 million of these units were outstanding, respectively. As of December 29, 2010, we had approximately $0.1 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to deferred stock units, which is expected to be recognized during the first half of 2011.
 
Note 17.     Net Income Per Share
 
The net income per share was as follows:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Numerator:
                 
Numerator for basic and diluted net income per
share - net income
 
$
22,713
   
$
41,554
   
$
12,742
 
Denominator: 
                       
Denominator for basic net income per share -
weighted-average shares 
   
98,902
     
96,318
     
95,230
 
Effect of dilutive securities: 
                       
Options
   
1,302
     
1,274
     
2,141
 
Restricted stock units and awards
   
1,187
     
907
     
1,471
 
Denominator for diluted net income per
share - adjusted weighted-average shares
and assumed conversions of dilutive securities
   
101,391
     
98,499
     
98,842
 
                         
Basic net income per share
 
$
0.23
   
$
0.43
   
$
0.13
 
Diluted net income per share
 
$
0.22
   
$
0.42
   
$
0.13
 
                         
Stock options excluded (1) 
   
2,238
     
5,606
     
3,413
 
Restricted stock units and awards excluded (1)
   
450
     
352
     
 
  
(1)
Excluded from diluted weighted-average shares outstanding as the impact would be antidilutive.
 
Note 18.     Share Repurchase

The New Credit Facility permits the payment of cash dividends and/or the purchase of Denny’s stock subject to certain limitations. In November 2010, the Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing us to repurchase up to 3.0 million shares of our Common Stock. Under the program, we may, from time to time, purchase shares through December 31, 2011 in the open market (including pre-arranged stock trading plans in accordance with the guidelines specified in Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to market and business conditions. As of December 29, 2010, we had repurchased 1,036,800 shares of Common Stock for approximately $3.9 million under the share repurchase program. The repurchased shares are included as treasury stock in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Deficit and Comprehensive Loss.
 
Note 19.     Commitments and Contingencies
 
On July 23, 2010, the Company received notice that Nelson Marchioli, our former Chief Executive Officer, had elected to arbitrate issues with respect to the settlement of any outstanding obligations related to his departure. On November 2, 2010, we entered into a Settlement Agreement and General Release (the “Settlement Agreement”) with him related to his departure from the Company effective June 30, 2010. Pursuant to the terms of the Settlement Agreement Mr. Marchioli received (i) a lump sum from the Company in the amount of $2,250,000, (ii) performance-based incentive awards and outstanding stock option awards held by Mr. Marchioli, as of his departure from the Company, generally subject to the terms and conditions set forth in his May 1, 2009 employment agreement, as if Mr. Marchioli’s termination of employment was under circumstances constituting a “Termination without Cause” under the employment agreement, and (iii) any and all of Mr. Marchioli’s previously deferred compensation, together with any accrued interest or earnings valued as of December 31, 2010. The Settlement Agreement also contains mutual releases between the Company and Mr. Marchioli and confirms his resignation from the Board of Directors of Denny's Corporation effective as of June 30, 2010.
 
 
F-29

 
 
Note 19.     Commitments and Contingencies (continued)
 
During 2010, Denny's was selected as the full-service restaurant operator of choice for Pilot Travel Centers LLC ("Pilot"). Also, during the year, Pilot merged with Flying J Travel Centers ("Flying J") and is now named Pilot Flying J. We began converting former Flying J restaurant operations to Denny’s in July 2010 and as of December 29, 2010 had converted 100 sites, 21 of which operate as company restaurants and 79 of which operate as franchise restaurants. We are not party to the individual leases or debt agreements related to the restaurants operated by franchisees. However, we have guaranteed up to $2.0 million of lease payments to Pilot Flying J during the first five years of the related leases. Additionally, we have guaranteed debt payments to lenders under two separate loan pools for up to the lesser of $1.5 million or 10% of aggregate original principal amount of all loans under each loan pool. Our debt guarantees continue through the term of the related loan, which is generally five years. Payments under these guarantees would result from the inability of a franchisee to fund required payments when due. Through December 29, 2010, no events had occurred that caused us to make payments under the guarantees. As of December 29, 2010, the maximum amounts payable under the lease guarantee and loan guarantees were $2.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively. As a result of these guarantees, we have recorded a liability of approximately $0.3 million, which is included as a component of other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 29, 2010 and other nonoperating expense in our Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period ending December 29, 2010.
 
There are various other claims and pending legal actions against or indirectly involving us, including actions concerned with civil rights and safety of employees and guests, other employment related matters, taxes, sales of franchise rights and businesses and other matters. Based on our examination of these matters and our experience to date, we have recorded liabilities reflecting our best estimate of loss, if any, with respect to these matters. However, the ultimate disposition of these matters cannot be determined with certainty. We record legal settlement costs as other operating expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations as those costs are incurred.
 
We have amounts payable under purchase contracts for food and non-food products. Many of these agreements do not obligate us to purchase any specific volumes and include provisions that would allow us to cancel such agreements with appropriate notice. Our future commitments at December 29, 2010 under these contracts consist of the following:
 
   
Purchase Obligations
 
   
(In thousands)
 
  Payments due by period:
       
 Less than 1 year
 
$
134,058
 
 1-2 years
   
11,955
 
 3-4 years
   
11,955
 
 5 years and thereafter
   
4,482
 
 Total
 
$
162,450
 
 
For agreements with cancellation provisions, amounts included in the table above represent our estimate of purchase obligations during the periods presented if we were to cancel these contracts with appropriate notice. We would likely take delivery of goods under such circumstances.
 
Note 20.     Supplemental Cash Flow Information
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
   
December 29, 2010
   
December 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Income taxes paid, net
 
$
850
   
$
610
   
$
1,067
 
Interest paid
 
$
25,277
   
$
31,133
   
$
34,858
 
                         
Noncash investing activities:
                       
Notes received in connection with disposition
of property
 
$
200
   
$
3,665
   
$
2,670
 
Accrued purchase of property
 
$
1,953
   
$
908
   
$
1,011
 
Execution of direct financing leases
 
$
526
   
$
2,950
   
$
4,287
 
Cancellation of direct financing leases
 
$
469
   
$
   
$
 
                         
Noncash financing activities:
                       
Issuance of common stock, pursuant to
share-based compensation plans
 
$
1,511
   
$
1,823
   
$
1,268
 
Execution of capital leases
 
$
3,480
   
$
1,766
   
$
5,242
 
Accrued deferred financing costs
 
$
255
   
$
   
$
 
 
Note 21.     Related Party Transactions
 
During the past three years we sold company-owned restaurants to franchisees that are former employees, including former officers. We received cash proceeds of $1.5 million, $2.5 million and $5.1 million from these related party sales during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. We recognized gains of $1.3 million and $0.8 million and losses of $2.0 million from these related party sales during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  In relation to these sales, we may enter into leases or subleases with the franchisees. These leases and subleases are entered into at fair market value.
 
 
F-30

 
 
Note 22.     Quarterly Data (Unaudited)
 
The results for each quarter include all adjustments which, in our opinion, are necessary for a fair presentation of the results for interim periods. All adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature.
 
Selected consolidated financial data for each quarter of fiscal 2010 and 2009 are set forth below:

   
Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2010
 
   
First Quarter
   
Second Quarter
   
Third Quarter
   
Fourth Quarter
 
   
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
Company restaurant sales
 
$
107,783
   
$
105,301
   
$
107,171
   
$
103,681
 
Franchise and licensing revenue
   
29,789
     
29,776
     
32,761
     
32,204
 
Total operating revenue 
   
137,572
     
135,077
     
139,932
     
135,885
 
Total operating costs and expenses 
   
126,369
     
122,173
     
122,997
     
121,759
 
Operating income 
 
$
11,203
   
$
12,904
   
$
16,935
   
$
14,126
 
                                 
Net income
 
$
4,588
   
$
5,458
   
$
9,934
   
$
2,733
 
                                 
Basic net income per share (a) 
 
$
0.05
   
$
0.05
   
$
0.10
   
$
0.03
 
Diluted net income per share (a)
 
$
0.05
   
$
0.05
   
$
0.10
   
$
0.03
 

(a)
Per share amounts do not necessarily sum to the total year amounts due to changes in shares outstanding and rounding.
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 2009
 
   
First Quarter
   
Second Quarter
   
Third Quarter
   
Fourth Quarter
 
   
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
Company restaurant sales
 
$
135,576
   
$
125,500
   
$
116,579
   
$
111,293
 
Franchise and licensing revenue
   
30,184
     
30,313
     
29,485
     
29,173
 
Total operating revenue 
   
165,760
     
155,813
     
146,064
     
140,466
 
Total operating costs and expenses 
   
153,840
     
138,367
     
127,429
     
116,038
 
Operating income 
 
$
11,920
   
$
17,446
   
$
18,635
   
$
24,428
 
                                 
Net income
 
$
4,307
   
$
9,336
   
$
10,033
   
$
17,878
 
                                 
Basic net income per share (a) 
 
$
0.04
   
$
0.10
   
$
0.10
   
$
0.19
 
Diluted net income per share (a)
 
$
0.04
   
$
0.09
   
$
0.10
   
$
0.18
 

(a)
Per share amounts do not necessarily sum to the total year amounts due to changes in shares outstanding and rounding.

 The fluctuations in net income during the fiscal 2010 and 2009 quarters relate primarily to the timing of the sale of company-owned restaurants to franchisees.
 
Note 23.     Subsequent Events
 
Credit Facility
 
On March 1, 2011, subsequent to fiscal year 2010, we completed a re-pricing of the New Credit Facility to reduce the interest rates under the facility. Interest on the New Credit Facility, as amended, is payable at per annum rates equal to LIBOR plus 375 basis points, with a LIBOR floor of 1.50% for the term loan and no LIBOR floor for the revolver, compared with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 475 basis points and a LIBOR floor of 1.75% for both the revolver and the term loan prior to the re-pricing.
 
 
F-31

 
 
 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Date: March 11, 2011
 
   
 
DENNY'S CORPORATION
   
BY:
/s/  F. Mark Wolfinger
 
F. Mark Wolfinger
 
Executive Vice President,
Chief Administrative Officer and
Chief Financial Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
     
Signature
Title
Date
     
/s/  John C. Miller
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
March 11, 2011
(John C. Miller)
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
     
 
/s/  F. Mark Wolfinger
Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer,
Chief Financial Officer and Director
March 11, 2011
(F. Mark Wolfinger)
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
     
/s/  Jay C. Gilmore
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller
March 11, 2011
(Jay C. Gilmore)
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
     
/s/  Debra Smithart-Oglesby
Director and Chair of the Board of Directors
March 11, 2011
(Debra Smithart-Oglesby)
   
     
/s/  Gregg R. Dedrick
Director
March 11, 2011
(Gregg R. Dedrick)
   
     
/s/  Brenda J. Lauderback
Director
March 11, 2011
(Brenda J. Lauderback)
   
     
/s/  Robert E. Marks
Director
March 11, 2011
(Robert E. Marks)
   
     
/s/  Louis P. Neeb
Director
March 11, 2011
(Louis P. Neeb)
   
     
/s/  Donald C. Robinson
Director
March 11, 2011
(Donald C. Robinson)
   
     
/s/  Donald R. Shepherd
Director
March 11, 2011
(Donald R. Shepherd)
   
     
/s/  Laysha Ward
Director
March 11, 2011
(Laysha Ward)
   

Exhibit 10.18




DENNY’S CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PAY PLAN
 
 
 
 
 

 


 
 

 
 
DENNY’S CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PAY PLAN


ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE AND TERM

1.1            Purpose .  Denny’s Corporation (the “Company”) established this Denny’s Corporation Amended and Restated Executive Severance Pay Plan (the “Plan”) in order to provide transitional income to certain executive officers who are involuntarily terminated under certain conditions.  The Plan supersedes all written or unwritten severance pay plans, notice pay plans, practices or programs offered or established by the Company except for individual employment contracts, change in control agreements or other similar arrangements providing severance pay or similar benefits.  The Plan is intended to be a “welfare plan,” but not a “pension plan,” as defined in ERISA Sections 3(1) and 3(2), respectively, and the Company intends that the Plan comply with all applicable provisions of ERISA.

1.2            Term .  The Plan shall generally be effective as of the Effective Date, subject to amendment from time to time in accordance with Section 7.2.  The Plan shall continue until terminated pursuant to Article 7 of the Plan.

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS

As used herein, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

2.1           “Affiliate” means Denny’s, Inc. and any other corporation or entity (including, but not limited to, a partnership or a limited liability company) that is affiliated with the Company through stock or equity ownership or otherwise, and is designated as an Affiliate for purposes of this Plan by the Committee.

2.2           “Base Salary” means the amount a Participant is entitled to receive as wages or salary on an annualized basis as in effect from time to time, without reduction for any pre-tax contributions to benefit plans.  Base Salary does not include bonuses, commissions, overtime pay or income from stock options, stock grants or other incentive compensation.

2.3           “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.4           “Cause” as a reason for a Participant’s termination of employment shall mean any of the following acts by the Participant, as determined by the Board: gross neglect of duty; prolonged absence from duty without the consent of the Company; intentionally engaging in any activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the business or other interests of the Company; willful misconduct, misfeasance or malfeasance of duty which is reasonably determined to be detrimental to the Company; conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere, to any crime
 
 
 

 
 
involving the personal enrichment of the Participant at the expense of the Company or shareholders of the Company; conviction of a felony or the conviction of any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude.

2.5           “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events, :

(a)           any person becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates, other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its Affiliates of a business) representing 30% or more of either the then outstanding Shares of Stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

(b)           The following individuals cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the number of directors then serving on the Board:  individuals who, on the Effective Date hereof, constitute the Board  and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company (as such terms are used in Rule 14A-11 of the 1934 Act) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination of election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Company’s directors then still in office who either were directors on the Effective Date of the Plan, or whose appointment, election, or nomination for election was previously approved); or

(c)           the consummation of a merger or consolidation with any other entity, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in (A) the voting securities of the Company then outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, greater than 65% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, and (B) individuals described in Section 2.1(f)(ii) above constitute more than one-half of the members of the board of directors of the surviving entity or ultimate parent thereof; or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates, other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its Affiliates of a business) representing 30% or more of either the then outstanding shares of the Company or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (iii) a merger or consolidation following which the record holders of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of integrated transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in
 
 
2

 
 
an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of integrated transactions; or

(d)           the consummation of (i) a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (ii) an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all  of the Company’s assets to an entity, greater than 65% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by Persons in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale or disposition; or

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred unless the circumstances giving rise to such Change in Control qualify as a “change in control event” under Code Section 409A and applicable regulations.

Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to have occurred by reason of a distribution of the voting securities of any of the Company's Subsidiaries to the stockholders of the Company, or by means of an initial public offering of such securities.

2.6           “Change in Control Severance Benefits” means the benefits payable in accordance with Sections 4.2 and 4.4 of the Plan.

2.7           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and includes a reference to the underlying proposed or final regulations.

2.8           “Committee” means the Compensation and Incentives Committee of the Board.

2.9           “Company” means Denny’s Corporation, or its successor as provided in Section 8.7.

2.10           “Disability” shall mean any physical or mental condition which would qualify a Participant for a disability benefit under the long-term disability plan maintained by the Company and applicable to that particular Participant, or if no such disability plan exists, “Disability” means Permanent and Total Disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

2.11           “Effective Date” means January 29, 2008.  The Plan was amended and restated effective as of January 25, 2011.

2.12           “Employee” means any regular, full-time or part-time employee of the Company or any Affiliate.  Where the context requires in connection with a Participant who is employed directly by an Affiliate, the term “Company” as used herein includes such Affiliate.

2.13           “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
 
3

 
 
2.14           “Good Reason” means, as a reason for a Participant’s resignation from employment, the occurrence of any of the following without the consent of the Participant:
 
(a)  the assignment to the Participant of duties materially inconsistent with, or a material diminution in, the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities,

(b)  a material reduction by the Company or an Affiliate in the Participant’s Base Salary or Target Annual Bonus (other than an overall reduction in salaries or target annual bonuses of 10% or less that affects substantially all of the Company’s full-time employees),

(c)  a material change in the geographic location at which the Participant is required to perform (it being agreed that a required relocation of more than 50 miles shall be material), or

(d)  the continuing material breach by the Company or an Affiliate of any employment agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate after the expiration of any applicable period for cure.

(e)  any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 9.7 of this Agreement.

A termination by Executive shall not constitute termination for Good Reason unless Executive shall first have delivered to the Company, not later than 90 days after the initial occurrence of an event deemed to give rise to a right to terminate for Good Reason, written notice setting forth with specificity the occurrence of such event, and there shall have passed a reasonable time (not less than 30 days) within which the Company may take action to correct, rescind or otherwise substantially reverse the occurrence supporting termination for Good Reason as identified by Executive.

2.15           “Participant” means any Employee designated by the Committee as a participant in the Plan.

2.16           “Plan” means this Denny’s Corporation Executive Severance Pay Plan.

2.17           “Regular Severance Benefits” means the benefits payable in accordance with Sections 4.2 and 4.4 of the Plan.

2.18           “Target Annual Bonus” means, with respect to any Participant, the Participant’s target bonus opportunity under the annual corporate incentive plan applicable to the Participant.

2.19           “Termination Date” means the date of the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company as determined in accordance with Article 6.
 
 
4

 
 
ARTICLE 3
ELIGIBILITY

3.1            Participation .  The Committee or the Board shall designate from time to time those Employees or classes of Employees who are Participants in the Plan.  In the event the Committee or the Board designates certain Participants by job title, position, function or responsibilities, an Employee who is appointed to such a position after the Effective Date of this Plan shall be a Participant upon the date he or she begins his or her duties in such position, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board.   Exhibit A , attached hereto and made a part hereof, sets forth the current Participants as of January 25, 2011, which may be amended by the Committee or the Board at any time prior to a Change in Control to add or remove individual Participants or classes of Participants; provided, however, that the removal of individual Participants or classes of Participants from the Plan shall not be effective for at least 12 months after notification to the Participants of such Committee or Board action.  If a Change in Control occurs during such 12-month period, any such action to remove individual Participants or classes of Participants shall be null and void.

3.2            Duration of Participation .  Subject to Article 4 and Article 7, an Employee shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan if (i) his or her employment is terminated under circumstances in which he or she is not entitled to Severance Benefits under the terms of this Plan, or (ii) prior to a Change in Control, he or she is removed as a Participant or ceases to be among the class of employees designated by the Committee or the Board as Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who has terminated employment and is entitled to Severance Benefits under Article 4 shall remain a Participant in the Plan until the full amount of the Regular Severance Benefits or Change in Control Severance Benefits, as applicable, and any other amounts payable under the Plan have been paid to the Participant.

ARTICLE 4
SEVERANCE BENEFITS

4.1            Right to Change in Control Severance Benefits .

(a)           A Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company Change in Control Severance Benefits in the amount provided in Section 4.3 if, within the two-year period following a Change in Control, (i) the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability) or (ii) the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Participant for Good Reason within a period of 180 days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason.

(b)           If a Change in Control occurs and (i) a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Affiliate was terminated by the Company without Cause (other than by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability) prior to the date of the Change in Control or (ii) an action was taken with respect to the Participant prior to the date of the Change in Control that would have constituted Good Reason if taken after a Change in Control,
 
 
5

 
 
and the Participant can reasonably demonstrate that such termination or action, as applicable, occurred at the request of a third party who had taken steps reasonably calculated to effect the Change in
Control, then the termination or action, as applicable, will be treated for all purposes of this Plan as having occurred immediately following the Change in Control and such former Participant shall be
entitled to the benefits of the Plan accordingly.

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Change in Control Severance Benefits shall be provided to a Participant unless the Participant has executed and not revoked a Separation Agreement and General Release in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Release”) within the time period set forth in the Release.

4.2            Right to Regular Severance Benefits .

(a)           A Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company Regular Severance Benefits in the amount provided in Section 4.4 if (i) the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated (a) by the Company without Cause (other than by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability) or (b) by the Participant for Good Reason within a period of 180 days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason, and (ii) the Participant’s termination of employment does not occur within the two-year period following a Change in Control and the Participant is not otherwise entitled to receive Change in Control Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 4.1.

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Regular Severance Benefits shall be provided to a Participant unless the Participant has executed and not revoked a Separation Agreement and General Release in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Release”) within the time period set forth in the Release.  Any installment payments under Section 4.4(a)(i) that would otherwise be payable prior to the effectiveness of the Release shall be accumulated and paid with the next installment payment that is otherwise due following the effectiveness of the Release.  In addition, with respect to any Participant who serves on the Company’s Board of Directors, no Regular Severance Benefits shall be provided to such Participant unless and until the Participant resigns as a member of the Board of Directors.

4.3            Amount of Change in Control Severance Benefits .  If a Participant’s employment is terminated in circumstances entitling him or her to Change in Control Severance Benefits as provided in Section 4.1, then:

(a) the Company shall pay to the Participant in a single lump sum cash payment on the 60th day after the Termination Date (or such later date as may be required by Section 8.2 of the Plan), the aggregate of the following amounts (for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, these payments shall be deemed to be separate payments):

(i)           a pro rata bonus equal to the product of (A) the higher of
 
 
6

 
 
Participant’s Target Annual Bonus for the year in which the Change in Control occurs or Participant’s Target Annual Bonus for the year in which the Termination Date occurs, and (B) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Termination Date, and the denominator of which is 365;

(ii)           a severance payment equal to two times the sum of (x) the Participant’s Base Salary (at the highest rate in effect for any period within three years prior to the Termination Date) and (y) the higher of Participant’s Target Annual Bonus for the year in which the Change in Control occurs or Participant’s Target Annual Bonus for the year in which the Termination Date occurs; and

(iii)           a payment equal to the full cost to provide certain group health benefits sponsored by the Company and maintained by the Participant on the Termination Date.  The amount payable under this Section 4.3(a)(iii) shall be calculated based on the monthly cost (including any portion of the cost paid by the employee) to provide the same level of coverage of such group health benefits maintained by the Participant as of the Termination Date for 24 months.  For purposes of this Section 4.3(a)(iii): (i) group health benefits means any of the following: group medical, dental, vision, and/or prescription drug benefits, and (ii) if the group health benefits are provided pursuant to an insurance contract issued by an insurance carrier to the Company, the cost of such benefits shall be determined based on the monthly premium charged to the Company for such coverage on the Termination Date or, if the group health benefits are self-insured by the Company, the cost of such benefits will be the “applicable premium” determined in accordance with Code Section 4980B(f)(4) and the regulations issued thereunder for such for the year in which the Termination Date occurs.  The Participant will be entitled to make an election to continue group health benefits in accordance with the terms of the various group health plans.
 
(b) for 12 months following the Termination Date, the Participant shall be eligible for up to $20,000 of outplacement services payable by the Company directly to a provider or providers selected by the Participant, provided, however, that the Participant must provide written notification to the Company within six months following the Termination Date of his or her intention to utilize such outplacement services.  With respect to the benefits provided under this Section 4.3(b), the amount of benefits in any one calendar year shall not affect the amount of benefits provided in any other calendar year; the Company’s payment for the benefits shall be made on or before December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred; and the Participant’s rights shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit;
 
(c) all of the Participant’s equity or incentive awards outstanding on the Termination Date shall be governed by the plans under which they were granted and the agreements evidencing such awards; and
 
 
7

 
 
(d)  to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Participant Base Salary through the Termination Date, any accrued vacation pay to the extent not theretofore paid, and any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Participant is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies.

4.4            Amount of Regular Severance Benefits .  If a Participant’s employment is terminated in circumstances entitling him or her to Regular Severance Benefits as provided in Section 4.2, then:

(a) the Company shall pay to the Participant, at the time or times specified below (or such later date as may be required by Section 8.2 of the Plan), the following amounts (for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, these payments (and each installment thereof) shall be deemed to be separate payments):

(i)  the Company shall continue to pay Base Salary to the Participant for a period of 12 months following the Termination Date and execution of the Release, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices;

(ii)  the Company shall pay to the Participant, at the same time annual bonus awards are payable to the Company’s other executive officers, a pro rata annual bonus, in an amount equal to the product of (A) Participant’s annual bonus which he or she would have earned for the year in which the Termination Date occurs, determined based on the Company’s actual performance for the full fiscal year (and disregarding for this purpose any individual performance metrics), and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Termination Date, and the denominator of which is 365; and

(iii)           the Company shall pay to the Participant for a period of 12 months following the Termination Date and execution of the Release, monthly payments equal to the full monthly cost to provide certain group health benefits sponsored by the Company and maintained by the Participant on the Termination Date.  The amount payable under this Section 4.4(a)(iv) shall be calculated based on the monthly cost (including any portion of the cost paid by the employee) to provide the same level of coverage of such group health benefits maintained by the Participant as of the Termination Date.  For purposes of this Section 4.4(a)(iv): (i) group health benefits means any of the following: group medical, dental, vision, and/or prescription drug benefits, and (ii) if the group health benefits are provided pursuant to an insurance contract issued by an insurance carrier to the Company, the cost of such benefits shall be determined based on the monthly premium charged to the Company for such coverage on the Termination Date or, if the group health benefits are self-insured by the Company, the cost of such benefits will be the “applicable premium” determined in accordance with Code Section 4980B(f)(4) and the regulations issued thereunder for such for the year in which
 
 
8

 
 
the Termination Date occurs.  The Participant will be entitled to make an election to continue group health benefits in accordance with the terms of the various group health plans.
 
(b) for 12 months following the Termination Date, the Participant shall be eligible for up to $20,000 of outplacement services payable by the Company directly to a provider or providers selected by the Participant, provided, however, that the Participant must provide written notification to the Company within six months following the Termination Date of his or her intention to utilize such outplacement services.  With respect to the benefits provided under this Section 4.4(b), the amount of benefits in any one calendar year shall not affect the amount of benefits provided in any other calendar year; the Company’s payment for the benefits shall be made on or before December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred; and the Participant’s rights shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit;

(c)  all of the Participant’s equity or incentive awards outstanding on the Termination Date shall be governed by the plans under which they were granted and the agreements evidencing such awards; and

(d)  to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Participant Base Salary through the Termination Date, any accrued vacation pay to the extent not theretofore paid, and any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Participant is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies.

4.5            Non-Duplication of Benefits .  In the event that a Participant becomes entitled to receive benefits under this Plan and any such benefit duplicates a benefit that would otherwise be provided under any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement as a result of the Participant’s termination of employment, then the Participant shall be entitled to receive the greater of the benefit available under the Plan, on the one hand, and the benefit available under such other plan, program, arrangement or agreement, on the other.

4.6            Full Settlement; No Mitigation .  The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for under this Plan and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Participant or others.  In no event shall the Participant be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Participant under any of the provisions of this Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Participant obtains other employment.

 
9

 
 
ARTICLE 5
EFFECT OF SECTIONS 280G AND 4999 OF THE CODE

5.1            Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events .

(a)           Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of a Participant (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise) (a "Payment") would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the "Excise Tax"), then, prior to the making of any Payment to the Participant, a calculation shall be made comparing (i) the net benefit to the Participant of the Payment after payment of the Excise Tax, to (ii) the net benefit to the Participant if the Payment had been limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax.  If the amount calculated under (i) above is less than the amount calculated under (ii) above, then the Payment shall be limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax (the "Reduced Amount").  In that event, the Participant shall direct which Payments are to be modified or reduced.

(b)           The determination of whether an Excise Tax would be imposed, the amount of such Excise Tax, and the calculation of the amounts referred to Section 5.1(a)(i) and (ii) above shall be made by an independent, nationally recognized accounting firm or compensation consulting firm mutually acceptable to the Company and the Participant (the "Determination Firm") which shall provide detailed supporting calculations.  Any determination by the Determination Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Participant.  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Determination Firm hereunder, it is possible that Payments which the Participant was entitled to, but did not receive pursuant to Section 5.1(a), could have been made without the imposition of the Excise Tax ("Underpayment").  In such event, the Determination Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Participant.

(c)           In the event that the provisions of Code Section 280G and 4999 or any successor provisions are repealed without succession, this Article 5 shall be of no further force or effect.

ARTICLE 6
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

6.1            Written Notice Required .  Any purported termination of employment, whether by the Company or by the Participant, shall be communicated by written notice to the other (a “Notice of Termination”).

6.2            Termination Date .  In the case of the Participant's death, the Participant's Termination Date shall be his or her date of death.  In all other cases, the Participant's Termination Date shall be the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein within 60 days after receipt of the Notice of Termination.
 
 
10

 
 
ARTICLE 7
DURATION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION, CLAIMS
 
7.1            Duration .  The Plan shall become effective as of the Effective Date, and shall continue until terminated by the Board.  Subject to Section 7.2, the Board may terminate the Plan as of any date that is at least 12 months after the date of the Board’s action.  If any Participants become entitled to any payments or benefits hereunder during such 12-month period, this Plan shall continue in full force and effect and shall not terminate or expire with respect to such Participants until after all such Participants have received such payments and benefits in full.
 
7.2            Amendment and Termination .  Subject to the following sentence, the Plan may be amended from time to time in any respect by the Board; provided, however, that any amendment that would adversely affect the rights or potential rights of Participants shall not be effective for at least 12 months after the date of the Board’s action; and, provided further, in the event that a Change in Control occurs within 12 months following an amendment to the Plan that would adversely affect the rights or potential rights of Participants, the amendment will not be effective.  In anticipation of or on or following a Change in Control, the Plan shall no longer be subject to amendment, change, substitution, deletion, revocation or termination in any respect which adversely affects the rights of Participants without the consent of each Participant so affected.  For the avoidance of doubt, removal of a Participant as a Participant (other than as a result of the Participant ceasing to be an Employee) or a decrease in the Participant’s Tier Level shall be deemed to be an amendment of the Plan which adversely affects the rights of the Participant.
 
7.3            Form of Amendment .  The form of any amendment or termination of the Plan shall be a written instrument signed by a duly authorized officer or officers of the Company, certifying that the amendment or termination has been approved by the Board. Subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 above (i) an amendment of the Plan in accordance with the terms hereof shall automatically effect a corresponding amendment to all Participants’ rights and benefits hereunder, and (ii) a termination of the Plan shall in accordance with the terms hereof automatically effect a termination of all Participants’ rights and benefits hereunder.
 
7.4            Cl a ims Procedure .

(a)           A Participant may file a claim with respect to amounts asserted to be due hereunder by filing a written claim with the Committee specifying the nature of such claim in detail.  The Committee shall notify the claimant within 60 days as to whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the claimant receives written notice from the Committee prior to the end of the 60 day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of time for a decision on the claim, in which case the period shall be extended by an additional 60 days.  Notice of the Committee's decision shall be in writing, sent by mail to the Participant's last known address and, if the claim is denied, such notice shall (i) state the specific reasons for denial, (ii) refer to the specific provisions of the Plan upon which such denial is based, and (iii) if applicable, describe any additional information or material necessary to perfect the claim, an explanation of why such information or material is necessary, and an explanation of the review
 
11

 
 
procedure in Section 7.4(b).
 
(b)           A claimant is entitled to request a review of any denial of his claim under Section 7.4(a).  The request for review must be submitted to the Committee in writing within 60 days of
mailing by the Committee of notice of the denial.  Absent a request for review within the 60 day period, the claim will be deemed conclusively denied.  The claimant or his representative shall be entitled to review all pertinent documents, and to submit issues and comments orally and in writing to the Committee.  The review shall be conducted by the Committee, which shall afford the claimant a hearing and which shall render a decision in writing within 60 days of a request for a review, provided that, if the Committee determines prior to the end of such 60 day review period that special circumstances require an extension of time for the review and decision of the denial, the period for review and decision on the denial shall be extended by an additional 60 days.  The claimant shall receive written notice of the Committee's review decision, together with specific reasons for the decision and reference to the pertinent provisions of the Plan.

ARTICLE 8
CODE SECTION 409A

8.1           Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any amount or benefit that would constitute non-exempt “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code would otherwise be payable or distributable hereunder by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment, such amount or benefit will not be payable or distributable to the Participant by reason of such circumstance unless (i) the circumstances giving rise to such termination of employment meet any description or definition of “separation from service” in Section 409A of the Code and applicable regulations (without giving effect to any elective provisions that may be available under such definition), or (ii) the payment or distribution of such amount or benefit would be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code by reason of the short-term deferral exemption or otherwise.  This provision does not prohibit the vesting of any amount upon a termination of employment, however defined.  If this provision prevents the payment or distribution of any amount or benefit, such payment or distribution shall be made on the date, if any, on which an event occurs that constitutes a Section 409A-compliant “separation from service” or such later date as may be required by Section 8.2 below.

8.2           Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if any amount or benefit that would constitute non-exempt “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code would otherwise be payable or distributable under this Plan by reason of a Participant’s separation from service during a period in which he is a Specified Employee (as defined below), then, subject to any permissible acceleration of payment by the Company under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ii) (domestic relations order), (j)(4)(iii) (conflicts of interest), or (j)(4)(vi) (payment of employment taxes):

(a)           if the payment or distribution is payable in a lump sum, the Participant’s right to receive payment or distribution of such non-exempt deferred compensation will be delayed until the earlier of the Participant’s death or the first day of the seventh month following
 
 
12

 
 
the Participant's separation from service; and
 
(b)           if the payment or distribution is payable over time, the amount of such non-exempt deferred compensation that would otherwise be payable during the six-month period immediately following the Participant’s separation from service will be accumulated and the Participant’s right to receive payment or distribution of such accumulated amount will be delayed until the earlier of the Participant’s death or the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service, whereupon the accumulated amount will be paid or distributed to the Participant and the normal payment or distribution schedule for any remaining payments or distributions will resume.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Specified Employee” has the meaning given such term in Code Section 409A and the final regulations thereunder (“Final 409A Regulations”), provided, however , that, as permitted in the Final 409A Regulations, the Company’s Specified Employees and its application of the six-month delay rule of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) shall be determined in accordance with rules adopted by the Board of Directors, which shall be applied consistently with respect to all nonqualified deferred compensation arrangements of the Company, including this Plan.

ARTICLE 9
MISCELLANEOUS
  
9.1            Legal Fees and Expenses .  The Company shall reimburse all legal fees and related expenses (including the costs of experts, evidence and counsel) reasonably and in good faith incurred by a Participant if the Participant prevails on a material issue with respect to his or her claim for relief in an action by the Participant to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Plan.  If a Participant is entitled to recover fees and expenses under this Section 9.1, the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made within 10 business days after delivery of the Participant’s respective written requests for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require, but in no event later than March 15 of the year after the year in which such rights are established.

9.2            Employment Status . This Plan does not constitute a contract of employment or impose on the Participant or the Company any obligation to retain the Participant as an Employee, to change the status of the Participant’s employment, or to change the Company’s policies regarding termination of employment.
 
9.3            Nature of Plan and Benefits .  Participants and any other person who may have rights hereunder shall be mere unsecured general creditors of the Company with respect to a Severance Benefits due hereunder, and all amounts (other than fully insured benefits) shall be payable from the general assets of the Company.

9.4            Withholding of Taxes . The Company may withhold from any amount payable or benefit provided under this Plan such Federal, state, local, foreign and other taxes as are required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
 
 
13

 
 
9.5            No Effect on Other Benefits .  Severance Benefits shall not be counted as compensation for purposes of determining benefits under other benefit plans, programs, policies and agreements, except to the extent expressly provided therein or herein.

9.6            Validity and Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect, and any prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

9.7            Successors .  This Plan shall bind any successor of or to the Company, its assets or its businesses (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise), in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be obligated under this Plan if no succession had taken place.  In the case of any transaction in which a successor would not by the foregoing provision or by operation of law be bound by this Plan, the Company shall require such successor expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under this Plan, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The term “Company,” as used in this Plan, shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor or assignee to the business or assets which by reason hereof becomes bound by this Plan.

9.8            Assignment .  This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by a Participant’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If a Participant should die while any amount is still payable to the Participant under this Plan had the Participant continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Plan to the Participant’s estate.  A Participant’s rights under this Plan shall not otherwise be transferable or subject to lien or attachment.

9.9            Enforcement .  This Plan is intended to constitute an enforceable contract between the Company and each Participant subject to the terms hereof.

9.10            Governing Law . To the extent not preempted by ERISA, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan shall in all respects be governed by the laws of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of law.

9.11            Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Plan that cannot be mutually resolved by the Company and a Participant and their respective advisors and representatives shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Atlanta, Georgia in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association before one arbitrator of exemplary qualifications and stature, who shall be selected jointly by an individual to be designated by the Company and an individual to be selected by the Participant, or if such two individuals cannot agree on the selection of the arbitrator, who shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association.   The Company shall reimburse the Participant’s reasonable legal fees if he prevails on a material issue in arbitration.
 
 
14

 
 
EXHIBIT A


Current Participants in the Denny’s Corporation Executive Severance Pay Plan


Mark Wolfinger
Frances Allen
Robert Rodriguez
John Miller (effective as of his employment start date)
 
 
15

 
 
EXHIBIT B

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE
                   (Date Given to Employee)

This Separation Agreement and General Release (this "Agreement") is entered into by and between Denny's Corporation (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, the "Company") and the undersigned employee ("Employee").

Notice to Employee:

Under the Denny's Corporation Severance Pay Plan (the "Plan") you are eligible to receive severance pay if you agree to waive, to the extent permitted by law, all of your potential claims against the Company and agree to the other terms in this Separation Agreement. This means that you cannot sue or pursue any other claim against the Company as provided for in this release.   PLEASE READ THIS DOCUMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE YOU SIGN IT. ALSO, YOU ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT AN ATTORNEY OR OTHER REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE SIGNING THIS DOCUMENT. YOU HAVE TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS TO THINK ABOUT WHETHER YOU WANT TO SIGN THIS DOCUMENT AND TO CONSULT WHOMEVER YOU WISH.
 
1.           In consideration for signing this Separation Agreement and General Release, you are entitled to receive severance pay and benefits under the Plan.

2.           IF YOU SIGN THIS AGREEMENT, YOU ARE PERMANENTLY WAIVING (GIVING UP) YOUR RIGHT TO SUE THE COMPANY FOR ANY REASON PROVIDED HEREIN. YOUR WAIVER WILL INCLUDE ANY RIGHTS YOU HAVE TO SUE THE COMPANY UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT, STATE WRONGFUL TERMINATION LAWS, AND ALL OTHER LAWS AND REGULATIONS UNDER WHICH YOU MIGHT BE ABLE TO ASSERT ANY CLAIM AGAINST THE COMPANY.

3.           You will be waiving all claims which have arisen or may arise in the future, whether known or unknown, that are based on acts or events that have occurred up until the Effective Date (as defined herein).

4.           Because this waiver involves your legal rights, you are advised to speak with an attorney before signing this Agreement. You have twenty-one (21) days from the date listed at the top of this page to make your decision. If you have not signed this Agreement by the end of the twenty-first (21st) day after the date listed above, you will be ineligible to receive any severance pay.

5.           In addition, you will have seven (7) days from the date you sign this Agreement to revoke it. This means that if you change your mind for any reason after signing the Agreement, you can
 
 
16

 
 
revoke it if you notify the Company within seven (7) days. You must notify the Company in writing and the notice must be received by the Company within seven (7) days of the date you sign this Agreement. This Agreement will become effective on the eighth (8th)   day after you sign it (the “Effective Date”). Any revocation of this Agreement must be made in writing and delivered within the seven-day revocation period to: Senior Vice-President of Human Resources, Denny's Corporation, 203 East Main Street, Spartanburg, SC 29319.

Part I     Release of Claims and Covenant Not to Sue.

In consideration of the severance pay from the Company set forth above, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Employee, on behalf of himself and his agents and successors in interest, hereby UNCONDITIONALLY RELEASES AND DISCHARGES Company, its successors, subsidiaries, parent corporations, assigns, joint ventures, and affiliated companies, and their respective agents, legal representatives, shareholders, attorneys, employees, officers and directors, (collectively, the “Releasees”) from ALL CLAIMS, LIABILITIES, DEMANDS AND CAUSES OF ACTION, whether known or unknown, fixed or contingent, that he may have or claim to have against Company or any of the Releasees for any reason as of the Effective Date (as defined above).  Except to the extent that applicable law requires that Employee be allowed to file a Charge with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”), Employee further hereby AGREES NOT TO FILE A LAWSUIT or other legal claim or charge or to assert any claim against any of the Releasees based on facts that occurred prior to, or that exist as of, the Effective Date.  This Release and Covenant Not To Sue includes, but is not limited to, claims arising under federal, state or local laws prohibiting employment discrimination, claims arising under severance plans and contracts, and claims growing out of any legal restrictions on Company’s rights to terminate its employees or to take any other employment action, whether statutory, contractual or arising under common law or case law.  Employee specifically acknowledges and agrees that he is releasing any and all rights under federal, state and local employment laws including, without limitation, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 621, et seq ., the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (“Title VII”), as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, et seq ., 42 U.S.C. § 1981, as amended, the Americans With Disabilities Act (“ADA”), as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq ., the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 701, et seq ., the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 301 et seq ., the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (“WARN”), 29 U.S.C. § 2101, et seq ., the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (“FMLA”), as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq ., the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”), as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 201 et seq ., the Employee Polygraph Protection Act of 1988, 29 U.S.C. § 2001, et seq ., all other state and federal code sections and legal principles, including, without limitation, claims for defamation and slander, and the state and federal worker’s compensation laws.  Employee further agrees that if anyone (including, but not limited to, Employee, the EEOC or any other government agency or similar such body) makes a claim or undertakes an investigation involving Employee in any way, Employee waives any and all right and claim to financial recovery resulting from such claim or investigation.
 
 
17

 
 
As a material inducement for Denny’s Corporation to enter into this Agreement, Employee represents and warrants that he does not have any complaint, claim or action pending against Company or any of the Releasees in any federal, state or local court or government agency or before any arbitrator or other tribunal.

Part II     Restrictions on Employee's Conduct.

(a)            General.   Employee understands and agrees that the purpose of the provisions of this Part II is to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company, as more fully described below, and is not intended to impair or infringe upon Employee's right to work or earn a living. Employee hereby acknowledges and agrees (i) that Employee has received good and valuable consideration for the post-employment restrictions set forth in this Part II in the form of the compensation and benefits provided for in the Plan, and (ii) that the post-employment restrictions set forth in this Part II are reasonable and that they do not, and will not, unduly impair Employee's ability to earn a living.

(b)            Definitions. The following capitalized terms used in this Part II
shall have the following meanings:

"Competitive Services" means the partial or total ownership, management or operation of any restaurant or restaurant chain within the family dining segment, including, without limitation, the provision of consulting or advising services to any Person (as defined herein) engaged in the ownership, management or operation of any restaurant or restaurant chain in the family dining segment, whether such services are paid or unpaid.

"Confidential Information" means all information regarding the Company, its activities, businesses or customers that is the subject of reasonable efforts by the Company to maintain its confidentiality and that is not generally disclosed by practice or authority to persons not employed by the Company, but that does not rise to the level of a Trade Secret (as defined herein). "Confidential Information" shall include, but is not limited to, financial plans and data concerning the Company; management planning information; business plans; operational methods; market studies; marketing plans or strategies; product development techniques or plans; customer lists; customer files, data and financial information, details of customer contracts; current and anticipated customer requirements; identifying and other information pertaining to business referral sources; past, current and planned research and development; business acquisition plans; and new personnel acquisition plans. "Confidential Information" shall not include information that has become generally available to the public by the act of one who has the right to disclose such information without violating any right or privilege of the Company. This definition shall not limit any definition of "confidential information" or "trade secrets" or any equivalent term under state or federal law.

"Person" means any individual or any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity or enterprise.
 
 
18

 
 
"Principal or Representative" means a principal, owner, partner, shareholder, joint venturer, investor, member, trustee, director, officer, manager, employee, agent, representative or consultant.

"Protected Customers" means any then-current customer to whom Company sold its products or services at any time during Employee's employment and (a) with whom Employee had business dealings on behalf of Company; (b) for whom Employee supervised or coordinated the dealings with Company; or (c) about whom Employee obtained Trade Secrets or Confidential Information (as defined herein) as a result of his employment.

"Protected Employees" means any then-current employees of the Company who were employed by the Company at any time during Employee’s employment.

"Restricted Territory" means the United States of America.

"Restrictive Covenants" means the restrictive covenants contained in Part II of this Agreement.

"Separation Date" means the date of Employee's termination of employment for any reason whatsoever.

“Trade Secrets” means all information regarding Company, its activities, businesses or customers, without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data, financial plans, product plans, distribution lists or a list of actual or potential customers, advertisers or suppliers, which is not commonly known by or available to the public and which information:  (A) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (B) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.  Without limiting the foregoing, Trade Secret means any item of confidential information that constitutes a “trade secret(s)” under applicable common law or statutory law.

(c)            Restrictive Covenants.

(i)     Restriction on Disclosure and Use of Confidential  Information and Trade Secrets. Employee hereby agrees that Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, at any time during the two (2) years following the Separation Date, reveal, divulge, or disclose to any Person not expressly authorized by Company any Confidential Information, and Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, at any time during the two (2) years following the Separation Date, use or make use of any Confidential Information in connection with any business activity other than that of Company.  At all times after the Separation Date, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, transmit or disclose any Trade Secret to any Person other than Company, and shall not make use of any such Trade Secret, directly or indirectly, for himself or for any Person other than Company.  The Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to, and does
 
 
19

 
 
not, alter either Company’s rights or Employee’s obligations under any state or federal statutory or common law regarding trade secrets and unfair trade practices.   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Employee shall not be restricted from disclosing or using Confidential Information that is required to be disclosed by law, court order or other legal process; provided , however , that in the event disclosure is required by law, Employee shall provide Company with at least five (5) days written notice of such requirement prior to any such disclosure.
(ii)     Nonsolicitation of Protected Employees.   Employee agrees that during the twelve (12) month period following the Separation Date, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, on Employee's own behalf or on behalf of any other Person, solicit or induce or attempt to solicit or induce any Protected Employee to terminate his or her employment relationship with the Company or to enter into employment with any other Person.

(iii)     Restriction on Relationships with Protected Customers.   Employee hereby agrees that, during the twelve (12) month period following the Separation Date, Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, on Employee's own behalf or on behalf of any other Person, solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away a Protected Customer for the purpose of selling or otherwise providing goods or services the same as or similar to the goods or services offered by Company.

(iv)            Noncompetition with the Company. Employee hereby agrees that, during the twelve (12) month period following the Separation Date, Employee will not, without prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, engage in, sell or otherwise provide Competitive Services within the Restricted Territory in a capacity that is the same as or substantially similar to the capacity in which he was engaged by Company, whether on his behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any other Person; provided , however , that the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to prohibit the ownership by Employee of not more than five percent (5%) of any class of securities of any corporation having a class of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  .

(d)     Enforcement of Restrictive Covenants.

(i)     Rights and Remedies Upon Breach.   In the event Employee breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company shall have the right and remedy to enjoin Employee, preliminarily and permanently, from violating or threatening to violate the Restrictive Covenants and to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, it being agreed that any breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants would cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy to the Company. Such right and remedy shall be independent of any others and severally enforceable, and shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company at law or in equity. Without limiting the foregoing sentence, in the event Employee breaches any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants, (i) Employee shall cease to have any rights to payments and benefits under the Plan, (ii) all payments and benefits thereunder to Employee shall cease, and (iii) Employee shall repay to the Company any payments or benefits
 
 
20

 
 
under the Plan that had already been provided to Employee prior to such breach, including both cash payments and the value of benefits continuation (calculated pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Plan).
(ii)     Severability of Covenants.   Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Restrictive Covenants are reasonable and valid in time and scope and in all other respects. The covenants set forth in Part II of this Agreement shall be considered and construed as separate and independent covenants. Should any part or provision of any covenant be held invalid, void or unenforceable, such invalidity, voidness or unenforceability shall not render invalid, void or unenforceable any other part or provision of this Agreement.

(iii)     Reformation.   If any portion of any of the Restrictive Covenants is found to be invalid or unenforceable because its duration, the territory, the definition of activities or the definition of information covered is considered to be invalid or unreasonable in scope, the invalid or unreasonable term shall be redefined, or a new enforceable term provided, such that the intent of the parties in agreeing to the provisions of Part II of this Agreement will not be impaired and the provision in question shall be enforceable to the fullest extent of the applicable laws.

(e)            Governing Law . , Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Carolina, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Employee hereby irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of South Carolina, which shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any claim, cause of action or controversy arising from or relating to this Agreement.

Part III     Non-Disparagement.

Employee hereby agrees that he shall not disparage, criticize or otherwise publish or communicate any statements or opinions that are derogatory to or could otherwise harm the business or reputation of the Company. However, Employee is not restricted from making any factual statement that is required to be disclosed by law, subpoena, court order or other legal process.

Part IV     Return of Property.

Employee agrees to return immediately and warrants that he has returned before executing or receiving payment pursuant to this Agreement, all documents, materials and other things in his possession or control relating to Company, or that have been in his possession or control at the time of or since the termination of his employment with Company, without retaining any copies, summaries, abstracts, excerpts, portions, replicas or other representations thereof.  Employee likewise represents and warrants that Company has returned all of Employee’s personal property and that any such property is no longer in possession of Company.

This Agreement has been executed voluntarily by the parties.  The parties acknowledge that they have read this Agreement carefully, that they have had a full and reasonable opportunity to consider this Agreement, and that they have not been pressured or in any way coerced, threatened or intimidated into its execution.
 
 
21

 
 
SIGNATURE BY EMPLOYEE

I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with an attorney prior to signing this Agreement. I further acknowledge that the consideration for signing this Agreement is a benefit to which I otherwise would not have been entitled had I not signed this Agreement.

I have read this entire document and I understand and agree to each of its terms. SPECIFICALLY, I AGREE THAT BY SIGNING THIS DOCUMENT, I AM WAIVING MY RIGHTS TO SUE THE COMPANY AS SET FORTH ABOVE IN PART I. I also understand that this is the entire Agreement between the Company and me regarding severance pay and the termination of my employment and that no other agreements or promises about those matters, written or oral will be enforceable.



       
(Signature of Employee)
 
(Date Signed)
 
       
(Print Employee Name)
 
(Witness)
 



ACCEPTANCE BY THE COMPANY


The Company hereby enters into and accepts this Agreement as set forth above.



DENNY'S CORPORATION
By:
Name:
Title:



Exhibit 10.28
 
Denny’s Corporation
Stock Option Award Agreement



Dear :
 
Congratulations! As a participant in the Denny’s stock option program, you have been granted the right to purchase from Denny’s Corporation (the “Company”) shares of its common stock, $.01 par value, pursuant to the provisions of the Denny’s Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“the Plan”) and to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
Terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Plan shall have the initial letter of the word capitalized and shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan. If there is any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the Plan’s terms shall supersede and replace the conflicting terms of this Agreement.
 
The options granted to you under this Agreement are nonqualified stock options.
 
Overview of Your Stock Option

1.   Number of Options Granted:
 
2.   Date of Grant:                                                            
 
3.   Exercise Price:                                                            
 
4.   Option Term: The Options have been granted for a period of ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (the “Option Term”).
 
5.   Vesting and Exercise: Options do not provide you with any rights or interests until they vest and become exercisable.  Unless vesting is accelerated in accordance with the Plan or in the discretion of the Committee, the Options shall vest as shown below:
 
Percentage of Option That Vests
Date on Which percentage of  Option Vests, Assuming You Remain Employed On The Applicable Date

 33 1/3%       ________________________
 33 1/3%       ________________________
 33 1/3%       ________________________

6. How to Exercise: Generally, the Options hereby granted will be exercised through a broker-assisted cashless exercise (as described below) by (1) accessing Employee Stock Plans in your E*TRADE account at etrade.com; and/or (2) calling E*TRADE’s Employee Stock Plans Customer Service at 1-800-838-0908.
 
If you wish to exercise options through a method other than through a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” (i.e., a cash or stock purchase) you may do so by (1) contacting E*TRADE at the telephone number or website address above; or (2) contacting the Company’s Stock Option Coordinator (currently Kelly Land) at 864-597-8671 and submitting a written notice (in the form provided by the Company on the date of exercise)
 
 
1

 
 
specifying the number of shares you then desire to purchase accompanied by full payment in cash, shares of stock of the Company previously acquired by you (which shares may be delivered by attestation or actual delivery of one or more certificates), or any combination thereof, for the applicable Exercise Price, plus any applicable tax withholding amount; provided, however, that if shares of stock are used for this purpose, such shares must have been held by you for at least such period of time, if any, as necessary to avoid the recognition of an expense under generally accepted accounting principles as a result of the exercise of the Options.  The fair market value of the surrendered shares of stock as of the last trading day immediately prior to the exercise date shall be used in valuing and shares used in payment of the Option Price or applicable tax withholding amounts.
 
To the extent permitted under Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board, and subject to applicable securities laws and at the discretion of Compensation and Incentives Committee, the Option may be exercised through a broker in a so-called “cashless exercise” whereby the broker sells the Option shares and delivers cash sales proceeds to the Company in payment of the exercise price.  In such case, the date of exercise shall be deemed to be the date on which notice of exercise is received by the Company and the exercise price shall be delivered to the Company on the settlement date.
 
Notwithstanding the above, the Company has the authority and the right to deduct or withhold an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes (including any FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the exercise of the Option.  Such withholding requirement may be satisfied, in whole or in part, at the election of the Company, by withholding Option shares having a fair market value on the date of withholding equal to the minimum amount (and not any greater amount) required to be withheld for tax purposes, all in accordance with such procedures as the Committee establishes. As soon as practicable after receipt of such written notification and payment and satisfaction of applicable tax withholding requirements, the Company shall issue or transfer to you, when applicable, the number of Shares with respect to which such Options shall be so exercised and shall deliver to you either a certificate or certificates for such shares or evidence of book entry of such Shares registered in your name.
 
7.   Impact of Termination of Employment:   The vesting and term of your options will change if you terminate employment during the Option Term, according to the following table (but in no event shall the term of an Option be extended beyond the original Option Term):
 
 
Employment Event
Impact of Termination
on Vesting
Exercise Period for Vested Options Following Termination (After Which the Options Shall Lapse)
 
Leave of absence < 90 days
 
Continue vesting
 
No change
 
Death
 
Vest fully
 
1 year
 
Disability 1
 
Continue vesting until lapse
 
1 year
 
Retirement 2
 
Continue vesting until lapse
 
1 year
 
Voluntary resignation
 
Vesting stops
 
60 days
 
 
2

 
 
 
Employment Event
Impact of Termination
on Vesting
  Exercise Period for Vested Options Following Termination (After Which the Options Shall Lapse)
 
Involuntary termination other than for Cause 3
 
Vesting stops
 
60 days
 
 
Involuntary termination for Cause 3
 
 
Vesting stops
 
 
None.  Must exercise prior to termination
 
Involuntary termination within 24 months
of a Change in Control 4
 
 
Vest fully
 
 
5 years

1 Disability means any physical or mental condition which would qualify a Participant for a disability benefit under the long-term disability plan maintained by the Company and applicable to that particular Participant.
 
2 Retirement means the voluntary termination of employment from the Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than a leave of absence, death or disability on or after attainment of the age of fifty-five.
 
3 Cause as a reason for a Participant’s termination of employment shall have the meaning assigned such term in the employment agreement, if any, between such Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, provided, however that if there is no such employment agreement in which such term is defined, “Cause” shall mean any of the following acts by the Participant, as determined by the Board: gross neglect of duty, prolonged absence from duty without the consent of the Company, intentionally engaging in any activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the business or other interests of the Company, or willful  misconduct,  misfeasance or malfeasance of duty which is reasonably determined to be detrimental to the Company.
   
4 Please see the definition of Change in Control in the Plan.

          
8.  Restrictions on Transfer and Pledge :   No right or interest in the Options may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability to any other party other than the Company.  The Options are not assignable or transferable by you other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order that would satisfy Section 414(p)(1)(A) of the Code if such Section applied to an Option under the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee may (but need not) permit other transfers.  The Options may be exercised during your lifetime only by you or any permitted transferee.  
 
9.  Beneficiary Designation:   You may, in the manner determined by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise your rights hereunder and to receive any distribution with respect to the Options upon your death.  A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights hereunder is subject to all terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.  If no beneficiary has been designated or survives you, the Options may be exercised by the legal representative of your estate, and payment shall be made to your estate.  Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by you at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Company.
 
 
3

 
 
10.  Limitation of Rights :   The Options do not confer to you any rights of a shareholder of the Company unless and until Shares are in fact issued  in connection with the exercise of the Options.  Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate your service at any time, nor confer upon you any right to continue in the service of the Company.
 
11.    Covenants: Without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be granted or withheld in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, during the term of your employment with the Company, and for a period of twelve (12) calendar months thereafter, you hereby agree that you shall not, directly or indirectly:
 
a)   Disclosure of Information . Use, attempt to use, disclose, or otherwise make known to any person (other than in the course of employment with the Company or any Subsidiaries or Affiliate thereof) any knowledge or information of a confidential or proprietary nature (including all unpublished matters) relating to, without limitation, the business, strategy, plans, properties, accounting, books and records, trade secrets, or memoranda of the Company or its Affiliates.
 
(b)  Solicitation . Whether for your own account or for the account of any other Person, solicit, employ, or retain (or arrange to have any other Person to solicit, employ, or retain) or otherwise participate in the employment or retention of any individual who is or has been within one (1) year an employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
12.    Requirements of Law: The granting of Options and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
 
13.  Restrictions on Issuance of Shares:   If at any time the Committee shall determine in its discretion, that registration, listing or qualification of the Shares covered by the Options upon any Exchange or under any foreign, federal, or local law or practice, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition to the exercise of the Options, the Options may not be exercised in whole or in part unless and until such registration, listing, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

14. Applicable Laws and Consent to Jurisdiction: The validity, construction, interpretation, and enforceability of this Agreement shall be determined and governed by the laws of the state of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law. For the purpose of litigating any dispute that arises under this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to exclusive jurisdiction and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the federal or state courts of the state of Delaware, county of New Castle.
 
15.  Financial Statements:   The Company will provide to you annually a copy of either its annual report to shareholders or its Annual Report on Form 10-K, which shall include the Company’s audited financial statements for the Company’s most recent fiscal year.
 
16.  Successors:   This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor of the Company, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

17.  Plan Controls:   The terms contained in the Plan are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement and this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Plan.  In the event of any actual or alleged conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall be controlling and determinative.
 
 
4

 
 
18.  Severability:   If any one or more of the provision contained in the Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the other provision of this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been included.

19.   Notice:   Notices and communications under this Agreement must be in writing and either personally delivered or sent by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  Notices to the Company must be addressed to:
 
Denny’s Corporation
203 East Main Street
Spartanburg, South Carolina 29319-0001
Attn: Secretary

or any other address designated by the Company in a written notice to you. Notices to you will be directed to your address then currently on file with the Company, or at any other address given by you in a written notice to the Company.

Please refer any questions you may have regarding your stock options to the Stock Option Coordinator (currently, Kelly Land) of the Legal Department at (864/597-8671). Once again, congratulations on receipt of your stock option.

Sincerely,



Jill Van Pelt
Vice President, Human Resources
For Denny’s Corporation

Please acknowledge your agreement to participate in the Plan and this Agreement, and to abide by all of the governing terms and provisions, by accepting the following representation:

Agreement to Participate

By accepting this Agreement on-line with E*TRADE,  I acknowledge that I have read the Plan, and that I fully understand all of my rights under the Plan, as well as all of the terms and conditions which may limit my eligibility to exercise this Option.




 
5

 
 
 

 
Exhibit 10.29
 
Performance-Based
Denny’s Corporation
Restricted Stock Unit
203 East Main Street
Award Certificate
Spartanburg, SC 29319

___________________ (“Grantee”)

Denny’s Corporation (the “Company”) hereby grants to you restricted stock units (the “Units”) each representing the right to earn, on a one-for-one basis, shares of Denny’s Corporation $0.01 par value common stock, pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Award Certificate (this “Certificate”).

Grant Date of Award:
     
 
Number of Restricted Stock Units Awarded:
     
 
Vesting Schedule:
     
    Vesting Date     Percent of Units Vested   
 
 
The date on which the closing price of the Company’s common stock has equaled or exceeded $____ for 20 consecutive trading days
    25%  
 
The date on which the closing price of the Company’s common stock has equaled or exceeded $____ for 20 consecutive trading days
    50%  
 
The date on which the closing price of the Company’s common stock has equaled or exceeded $____ for 20 consecutive trading days
    75%  
 
The date on which the closing price of the Company’s common stock has equaled or exceeded $____ for 20 consecutive trading days
    100%  
 
Expiration Date of Award (fifth anniversary of the award grant date):
       
The Units are granted as an inducement award pursuant to Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4), and are not issued under any of the Company’s equity incentive plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as if the Units had been granted under the Plan, and the terms and conditions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Certificate. By accepting this award, Grantee shall be deemed to have agreed to the terms and conditions of this Certificate and the Plan.
 
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Plan.
 

 
_______________________________________
For Denny’s Corporation
 
_______________________________________
Date
 
 
 

 
 
TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Vesting of Units .  The Units have been credited to a bookkeeping account on behalf of Grantee.  The Units will vest and become non-forfeitable as to the percentages of the Units specified on page 1 hereof, based on attainment of the stock price goals and on the respective dates specified on page 1 hereof (the “Vesting Date”).

If Grantee’s employment terminates  prior to the Vesting Date for any reason, Grantee shall forfeit all right, title and interest in and to the Units as of the date of such termination and the Units will be reconveyed to the Company without further consideration or any act or action by the Company or Grantee.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 14.8 of the Plan, in the event that, following a Change in Control, the Company’s Stock will no longer be traded on an Exchange, the Grantee shall forfeit all right, title and interest in and to the Units as of the effective date of the Change in Control without further consideration or any act or action by the Company or Grantee, unless the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the vesting of the Units in connection with the Change in Control pursuant to Sections 5.5 and 14.9 of the Plan.

2. Conversion to Shares .  Any Units that vest in accordance with Section 1 above will be converted to actual shares of Stock on the fifth business day following the Vesting Date (the “Conversion Date”).  Such shares of Stock will be registered on the books of the Company as of the Conversion Date and will be delivered in street name to your brokerage account.

3.   Rights as Stockholder .  Grantee shall not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Units.  Dividends or dividend equivalents will not be paid with respect to the Units.  Upon conversion of the Units into shares of Stock, Grantee will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company.

4. Limitation of Rights .  The Units do not confer to Grantee or Grantee’s beneficiary any rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with the Units.  Nothing in this Certificate shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time, nor confer upon Grantee any right to continue in employment of the Company or any Affiliate.

5. Payment of Taxes .  Grantee will, no later than the date as of which any amount related to the Units first becomes includable in Grantee’s gross income for federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any federal, state and local taxes of any kind (including Grantee’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount.  The withholding requirement may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from the settlement of the Units a number of Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount (and not any greater amount) required to be withheld for tax purposes, all in accordance with such procedures as the Company establishes.  The obligations of the Company under this Agreement will be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company, and, where applicable, its Affiliates will, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to Grantee.

6. Amendment .  The Committee may amend, modify or terminate this Certificate without approval of Grantee; provided, however, that such amendment, modification or termination shall not, without Grantee’s consent, reduce or diminish the value of this award determined as if it had been fully vested (i.e., as if all restrictions on the Units hereunder had expired) on the date of such amendment or termination.

7. Plan Controls .  The terms contained in the Plan are incorporated into and made a part of this Certificate and this Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Plan.  In the event of any actual or alleged conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Certificate, the provisions of the Plan shall be controlling and determinative.

8. Successors .  This Certificate shall be binding upon any successor of the Company, in accordance with the terms of this Certificate and the Plan.

9. Severability .  If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Certificate is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions of this Certificate will be construed and enforced as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been included.

10. Nontransferability .  No right or interest in the Units may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability to any party other than the Company.  This award is not assignable or transferable by Grantee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

11. Notice .  Notices and communications under this Certificate must be in writing and either personally delivered or sent by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  Notices to the Company must be addressed to Denny’s Corporation, 203 East Main Street, Spartanburg, SC 29319-0001, Attn: Secretary, or any other address designated by the Company in a written notice to Grantee. Notices to Grantee will be directed to the address of Grantee then currently on file with the Company, or at any other address given by Grantee in a written notice to the Company

Exhibit 10.31
 
[EXECUTION COPY]
 
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
 
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
This FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT , dated as of February [ __ ] , 2011 (this “ Amendment ”), modifies that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among DENNY’S, INC. , a California corporation (“ Denny’s ”), DENNY’S REALTY, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Denny’s Realty ” and, together with Denny’s, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, individually, a “ Borrower ”), DENNY’S CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), DENNY’S HOLDINGS, INC. , a New York corporation (“ Denny’s Holdings ”)   which was merged with and into Parent on November 23, 2010, DFO, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ DFO ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS , the Borrowers have requested that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree to amend certain of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, as specifically set forth in this Amendment; and
 
WHEREAS , the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders are prepared to amend the Credit Agreement on the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance on the representations set forth herein.
 
NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
Section 1. Amendments to Credit Agreement .

(a)   Section 1.01 ( Defined Terms ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by restating the following definitions in their entirety as follows:

Applicable Rate ” means a per annum rate equal to (a) with respect to Base Rate Loans, 2.75%, (b) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans and Letters of Credit, 3.75%; and (c) with respect to the commitment fee payable pursuant to Section 2.09(a) , 0.625%.
 
Eurodollar Rate ” means:
 
(a)   for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (x) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative
 
 
 

 
 
Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or, (y) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and
 
(b)   for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (x) BBA LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two London Banking Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (y) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination.
 
Mortgaged Property ” shall mean, initially, each parcel of real property and the improvements thereto owned by a Loan Party, which properties are set forth on Schedule 5.08(c) of the Disclosure Schedules, and includes each other parcel of real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 6.12 or Section 6.15 .

(b)   Section 1.01 ( Defined Terms ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new definition in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Documentation Agent ” means Regions Bank in its capacity as documentation agent.

(c)   Paragraph (a) of Section 2.08 ( Interest ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by restating such paragraph in its entirety as follows:

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b) , (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan under the Revolving Credit Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Eurodollar Rate Loan under the Term Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to (A) the higher of (x) the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period and (y)
 
 
 

 
 
1.50% plus (B) the Applicable Rate; (iii) each Base Rate Loan under the Revolving Credit Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (iv) each Base Rate Loan under the Term Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to (A) the higher of (x) the Base Rate and (y) 1.50% plus (B) the Applicable Rate.

(d)   Section 6.05 ( Preservation of Existence, Etc. ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “or 7.05 ” appearing in clause (a) of such Section 6.05.

(e)   Sections 6.20 ( Interest Rate Hedging ) and 6.21 ( Holdings ) of the Credit Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety:

(f)   Clause (m) of Section 7.02 ( Indebtedness ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by restating such clause in its entirety as follows:

(m) additional Indebtedness aggregating not more than $10,000,000 in principal amount at any one time outstanding.

(g)   Clauses (g) and (h) of Section 7.03 ( Investments ) of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended by restating such clauses in their entirety as follows:

(g) additional Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding after the Closing Date, provided that the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to this clause (g) in any single Person (including any franchisee) shall not exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(h) additional Investments by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries so long as (i) the aggregate amount of (A) Investments made pursuant to this clause (h), (B) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(a)(v) and (C) Consolidated Capital Expenditures made pursuant to Section 7.12(b) shall not exceed $10,000,000 during the term of this Agreement, (ii) if such Investment shall be made with proceeds of Revolving Credit Borrowings in excess of $2,500,000, Parent shall be in pro forma compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 as of the Measurement Period most recently ended, and (iii) at the time of the making of such Investment and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

(h)   Section 9.08 ( No Other Duties, Etc. ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by restating such clause in its entirety as follows:

9.08. No Other Duties, Etc .  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Syndication Agent, Bookrunners, Arrangers or Documentation Agent (whether or not listed on the cover page hereof) shall have any powers, duties or
 
 
 

 
 
responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.
 
Section 2.  Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first written above (the “ Effective Date ”) upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
 
(a)   Documentation .  The Administrative Agent shall have received all of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
 
(i) a fully-executed and effective Amendment by the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders; and
 
(ii) such additional documents, instruments and information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
(b)  No Default .  On the Effective Date and after giving effect to this Amendment, no event shall have occurred and be continuing that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default.
 
(c)  Repricing Transaction Fee .  In accordance with Section 2.05(c) of the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have received, for the account of each Term Lender, a fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate amount of Term Loans held by such Term Lender on the Effective Date (such fees, collectively, the “ Repricing Transaction Fee ”).  Once paid, the Repricing Transaction Fee shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
 
(d)  Arrangement Fees etc.   Each Arranger and each Revolving Credit Lender shall have received such fees as may be separately agreed to in writing between such Person and the Borrowers.
 
Section 3.  Denny’s Holdings .  Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that Denny’s Holdings was merged with and into Parent on November 23, 2010 and, as of such date, Denny’s Holdings ceased to be a separate Guarantor and a separate Loan Party under the Loan Documents.  For the avoidance of any doubt, from and after the date of the above-referenced merger of Denny’s Holdings, references to the Guarantors (or a Guarantor) and the Loan Parties (or a Loan Party) under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including this Amendment) shall not include Denny’s Holdings.

Section 4.  Representations and Warranties; Reaffirmation of Grant .  Each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and the Lenders that, as of the date hereof and after giving effect to this Amendment, (a) all representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Credit Agreement and in any other Loan Document are true and correct on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct on and as of
 
 
 

 
 
such earlier date, (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (c) the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents are and remain legally valid, binding obligations of the Loan Parties party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with their respective terms and (d) each of the Collateral Documents to which such Loan Party is a party and all of the Collateral described therein do and shall continue to secure the payment of all Obligations as set forth in such respective Collateral Documents.  Each Loan Party that is a party to the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement or any of the other Collateral Documents hereby reaffirms its grant of a security interest in the Collateral to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due of the Obligations.
 
Section 5.  Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made in this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment, and no investigation by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall affect the representations and warranties or the right of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to rely upon them.

Section 6.  Amendment as Loan Document .  This Amendment constitutes a “Loan Document” under the Credit Agreement.  Accordingly, it shall be an immediate Event of Default under the Credit Agreement if any Loan Party fails to perform, keep or observe any term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Amendment or if any representation or warranty made by any Loan Party under or in connection with this Amendment shall have been untrue, false or misleading when made.

Section 7.  Costs and Expenses .  The Borrowers shall pay on demand all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Amendment.

Section 8.  Governing Law .  THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISION OR RULE THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE DOMESTIC SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF ANY OTHER STATE).

Section 9.  Execution .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed hall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telecopier (or electronic mail (including in PDF format)) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

Section 10.  Limited Effect .  This Amendment relates only to the specific matters expressly covered herein, shall not be considered to be an amendment or waiver of any rights or remedies that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have under the Credit
 
 
 

 
 
Agreement, under any other Loan Document (except as expressly set forth herein) or under Law, and shall not be considered to create a course of dealing or to otherwise obligate in any respect the Administrative Agent or any Lender to execute similar or other amendments or waivers or grant any amendments or waivers under the same or similar or other circumstances in the future.

Section 11.  Ratification by Guarantors .  Each of the Guarantors acknowledges that its consent to this Amendment is not required, but each of the undersigned nevertheless does hereby agree and consent to this Amendment and to the documents and agreements referred to herein.  Each of the Guarantors agrees and acknowledges that notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Amendment, such Guarantor’s obligations under the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and nothing herein shall in any way limit such obligations, all of which are hereby ratified, confirmed and affirmed in all respects.  Each of the Guarantors hereby further acknowledges that the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and any Lender may from time to time enter into any further amendments, modifications, terminations and/or amendments of any provisions of the Loan Documents without notice to or consent from such Guarantor and without affecting the validity or enforceability of such Guarantor’s obligations under the Loan Documents or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of such Guarantor’s obligations under the Loan Documents.


[ Remainder of page intentionally blank. ]
 
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
 
BORROWERS :
 
DENNY’S, INC.
 
By:      /s/    Ross B. Nell    
Name: Ross B. Nell
Title:   Vice President, Tax and Treasurer
 
DENNY’S REALTY, LLC
 
By: DFO, LLC, its Sole Member
 
By: Denny’s Inc., its Sole Member
 
By:      /s/    Ross B. Nell    
Name: Ross B. Nell
Title:   Vice President, Tax and Treasurer
 
 

 
 

 
 
GUARANTORS :
 
DENNY’S CORPORATION
 
By:      /s/    Ross B. Nell    
Name: Ross B. Nell
Title:   Vice President, Tax and Treasurer
 
 
DFO, LLC
 
By: Denny’s Inc., its Sole Member
 
By:      /s/    Ross B. Nell    
Name: Ross B. Nell
Title:   Vice President, Tax and Treasurer
 

 
 
 

 
 
BANK OF AMERICA , as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and as a Lender
 
By:       /s/ John H. Schmidt     
Name: John H. Schmidt
Title:   Director
 

 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a Lender
 
By:       /s/ Stephen A. Leon    
Name: Stephen A. Leon
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
REGIONS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
By:       /s/ Daniel R. Holland    
Name: Daniel R. Holland
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Cent CDO 14 Limited
By: Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Robin C. Stancil    
Name: Robin C. Stancil
Title:   Director of Operations
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Cent CDO 15 Limited
By: Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Robin C. Stancil    
Name: Robin C. Stancil
Title:   Assistant Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Cent CDO XI Limited
By: Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Robin C. Stancil    
Name: Robin C. Stancil
Title:   Director of Operations
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Cent CDO 8 Limited
By: Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Robin C. Stancil    
Name: Robin C. Stancil
Title:   Director of Operations
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Cent CDO 9 Limited
By: Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Robin C. Stancil    
Name: Robin C. Stancil
Title:   Director of Operations
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
AMMC CLO IV, LIMITED
By: American Money Management Corp.,
       as Collateral Manager

By:       /s/ Chester M. Eng    
Name: Chester M. Eng
Title:   Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
AMMC CLO V, LIMITED
By: American Money Management Corp.,
       as Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Chester M. Eng    
Name: Chester M. Eng
Title:   Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
AMMC CLO VI, LIMITED
By: American Money Management Corp.,
       as Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Chester M. Eng    
Name: Chester M. Eng
Title:   Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
AMMC VII, LIMITED
By: American Money Management Corp.,
       as Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Chester M. Eng    
Name: Chester M. Eng
Title:   Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
AMMC VIII, LIMITED
By: American Money Management Corp.,
       as Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Chester M. Eng    
Name: Chester M. Eng
Title:   Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
BALLANTYNE FUNDING LLC
 
By:       /s/ Tara E. Kenny    
Name: Tara E. Kenny
Title:   Assistant Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
 
By:       /s/ Meredith R. Smith    
Name: Meredith R. Smith
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Black Diamond CLO 2005-1 LTD.
By: Black Diamond CLO 2005-1 Adviser, L.L.C.,
As Its Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Stephen H. Deckoff    
Name: Stephen H. Deckoff
Title:   Managing Principal
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Black Diamond CLO 2005-2 LTD.
By: Black Diamond CLO 2005-2 Adviser, L.L.C.,
As Its Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Stephen H. Deckoff    
Name: Stephen H. Deckoff
Title:   Managing Principal
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Black Diamond CLO 2006-1 (CAYMAN) LTD.
By: Black Diamond CLO 2006-1 Adviser, L.L.C.,
As Its Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Stephen H. Deckoff    
Name: Stephen H. Deckoff
Title:   Managing Principal
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
BATTALION CLO 2007-1, LTD.
By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Ben Pollack    
Name: Ben Pollack
Title:   Associate
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Camulos Loan Vehicle I, Ltd.
By: BRIGADE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Ben Pollack    
Name: Ben Pollack
Title:   Associate
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE ARNAGE CLO, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE AZURE CLO, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE BRISTOL CLO, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE CREDIT PARTNERS FINANCING I, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE DAYTONA CLO, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE MCLAREN CLO, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE VANTAGE CLO, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE VEYRON CLO, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE HIGH YIELD PARTNERS IX, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE HIGH YIELD PARTNERS VII, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE HIGH YIELD PARTNERS VIII, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CARLYLE HIGH YIELD PARTNERS X, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ Linda Pace    
Name: Linda Pace
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Cent CDO 10 Limited
By: Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Robin C. Stancil    
Name: Robin C. Stancil
Title:   Director of Operations
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Cent CDO 12 Limited
By: Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Robin C. Stancil    
Name: Robin C. Stancil
Title:   Director of Operations
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
RiverSource Life Insurance Company
 
By:       /s/ Robin C. Stancil    
Name: Robin C. Stancil
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CIFC Funding 2006-IB, Ltd.
CIFC Funding 2006-II, Ltd.
CIFC Funding 2007-II, Ltd.
By: Commercial Industrial Finance Corp,
its Collateral Manager
 
Hewett's Island CLO V, Ltd.
Hewett's Island CLO VI, Ltd.
By: CypressTree Investment Management, LLC,
its Collateral Manager
 
Primus CLO II, Ltd.
By: CypressTree Investment Management, LLC,
its Subadviser
 
By:       /s/ Robert Milton    
Name: Robert Milton
Title:   Secretary
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Atruim IV CO CSFB ALTERNATIVE CAPITAL INC
BY CREDIT SUISSE ALT CAPITAL
 
By:       /s/ Lauri Whitlock    
Name: Lauri Whitlock
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Atrium III
 
By:       /s/ Lauri Whitlock    
Name: Lauri Whitlock
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Castle Garden Funding
 
By:      /s/ Lauri Whitlock    
Name: Lauri Whitlock
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Hewett's Island CLO IV, Ltd.
By: LCM Asset Management LLC
As Collaterial Manager
 
By:       /s/ Alexander B. Kenna   
Name: Alexander B. Kenna
Title:   LCM Asset Management LLC
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
DWS Floating Rate Plus Fund
By: Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Investment Advisor
 
By:       /s/ Eric S. Meyer    
Name: Eric S. Meyer
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Flagship CLO IV
By: Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
(as successor in interest to Deutsche Asset Management, Inc.),
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Eric S. Meyer    
Name: Eric S. Meyer
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Flagship CLO V
By: Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
(as successor in interest to Deutsche Asset Management, Inc.),
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Eric S. Meyer    
Name: Eric S. Meyer
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Flagship CLO VI
By: Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
(as successor in interest to Deutsche Asset Management, Inc.),
As Collateral Manager
 
By:       /s/ Eric S. Meyer    
Name: Eric S. Meyer
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
By: Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Investment Advisor
 
By:       /s/ Eric S. Meyer    
Name: Eric S. Meyer
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
MET INVESTORS SERIES TRUST -
MET/EATON VANCE FLOATING RATE PORTFOLIO
BY EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT
AS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISOR
 
By:       /s/ Michael Kinahan     
Name: Michael Kinahan
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
PACIFIC SELECT FUND
FLOATING RATE PORTFOLIO
BY EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT
AS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISOR
 
By:      /s/ Michael Kinahan     
Name: Michael Kinahan
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
EATON VANCE FLOATING-RATE INCOME TRUST
BY EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT
AS INVESTMENT ADVISOR
 
By:       /s/ Michael Kinahan     
Name: Michael Kinahan
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
EATON VANCE INSTITUTIONAL SENIOR LOAN FUND
BY EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT
AS INVESTMENT ADVISOR
 
By:       /s/ Michael Kinahan     
Name: Michael Kinahan
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
EATON VANCE
LIMITED DURATION INCOME FUND
BY EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT
AS INVESTMENT ADVISOR
 
By:       /s/ Michael Kinahan     
Name: Michael Kinahan
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
EATON VANCE MEDALLION
FLOATING-RATE INCOME PORTFOLIO
BY EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT
AS INVESTMENT ADVISOR
 
By:       /s/ Michael Kinahan     
Name: Michael Kinahan
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
MET INVESTORS SERIES TRUST -
MET/EATON VANCE FLOATING RATE PORTFOLIO
BY EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT
AS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISOR
 
By:       /s/ Michael Kinahan     
Name: Michael Kinahan
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
EATON VANCE SENIOR
FLOATING-RATE TRUST
BY EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT
AS INVESTMENT ADVISOR
 
By:       /s/ Michael Kinahan     
Name: Michael Kinahan
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
GRAYSON & CO
BY: BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH
AS INVESTMENT ADVISOR
 
By:       /s/ Michael Kinahan     
Name: Michael Kinahan
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
SENIOR DEBT PORTFOLIO
By: Boston Management and Research
as Investment Advisor
 
By:       /s/ Michael Kinahan     
Name: Michael Kinahan
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Fortress Credit Investments I LTD
 
By:       /s/ Glenn P. Cummins    
Name: Glenn P. Cummins
Title:   Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Fortress Credit Investments II LTD
 
By:      /s/ Glenn P. Cummins    
Name: Glenn P. Cummins
Title:   Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
FRANKLIN CLO V, LTD.
 
By:       /s/ David Ardini    
Name: David Ardini, Franklin Advisers, Inc. as Collateral Manager
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
FRANKLIN CLO VI LTD.
 
By:      /s/ David Ardini    
Name: David Ardini, Franklin Advisers, Inc. as Collateral Manager
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
FRANKLIN FLOATING RATE DAILY ACCESS FUND
 
By:      /s/ Madeline Lam    
Name: Madeline Lam
Title:   Assistant Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
FRANKLIN FLOATING RATE MASTER SERIES
 
By:      /s/ Madeline Lam    
Name: Madeline Lam
Title:   Assistant Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON SERIES II FUNDS -
FRANKLIN FLOATING RATE II FUND
 
By:       /s/ Madeline Lam    
Name: Madeline Lam
Title:   Assistant Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
 
By:      /s/ Julian Weldon    
Name: Julian Weldon
Title:   Secretary
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
NAVIGATOR CDO 2006, LTD., as a Lender
By: GE Capital Debt Advisors LLC, as Collateral Manager
 
By:      /s/ John Campos    
Name: John Campos
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
GOLDEN GATE CAPITAL SPV LTD.
 
By:      /s/ Rob Stobo   
Name: Rob Stobo
Title:   Manager
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
BLACKSTON / GSO SENIOR FLOATING RATE TERM FUND
BY: GSO  / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC
AS INVESTMENT ADVISER
 
By:      /s/ Daniel H. Smith    
Name: Daniel H. Smith
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
H/2 Real Estate CDO 2006-1 Ltd.
 
By:      /s/ Peeter Muursepp    
Name: Peeter Muursepp
Title:   Director of Operations
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
ING Capital LLC
 
By:      /s/ William Redmond    
Name: William Redmond
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
ING Prime Rate Trust
ING Senior Income Fund
ING International (II) - Senior Loans
ING Floating Rate Debt
ING Investment Management CLO I, LTD.
IBM Personal Pension Plan Trust
 
By: ING Investment Management Co.,
        as its investment manager
 
ING Investment Trust Co. Plan for Employee
Benefit Investment Funds - Senior Loan Fund
By: ING Investment Trust Co. as its trustee
 
ING Investment Management CLO II, LTD.
ING Investment Management CLO III, LTD.
ING Investment Management CLO IV, LTD.
ING Investment Management CLO V, LTD.
 
By: ING Alternative  Asset Management LLC,
        as its investment manager
 
Phoenix CLO II, LTD.
By: ING Alternative  Asset Management LLC,
        as its investment manager
 
By:      /s/ Mark F. Haak    
Name: Mark F. Haak, CFA
Title:   Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CRATOS CLO I LTD.
 
By: Cratos CDO Management, LLC
As Attorney-In-Fact
 
By: JMP Credit Advisors LLC
Its Manager
 
By:      /s/ Jeremy Phipps    
Name: Jeremy Phipps
Title:   Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
ROSEDALE CLO II LTS.
 
By: JMP Credit Advisors LLC
As Collateral Manager
 
By:      /s/ Jeremy Phipps    
Name: Jeremy Phipps
Title:   Director
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
The Boeing Company Employees Retirement Plans Master Trust
 
By:      /s/ Kathleen News    
Name: Kathleen News
Title:   Sr. Portfolio Manager
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
State Retirement and Pension System of Maryland
 
By:      /s/ Kathleen News    
Name: Kathleen News
Title:   Sr. Portfolio Manager
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Vermont Pension Investment Committee
 
By:      /s/ Kathleen News    
Name: Kathleen News
Title:   Sr. Portfolio Manager
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
American States Insurance Company
 
By:      /s/ Robert A. Howard    
Name: Robert A. Howard
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
General Insurance Company of America
 
By:      /s/ Robert A. Howard    
Name: Robert A. Howard
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
Liberty Mutual Fire Insurance Company
 
By:      /s/ Robert A. Howard    
Name: Robert A. Howard
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
LORD ABBOTT & CO, LLC
AS COLLATERAL MANAGER
 
By: Golden Knight II CLO Limited
 
By:      /s/ Elizabeth MacLean    
Name: Elizabeth MacLean
Title:   Portfolio Manager
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
By: Lord Abbott Investment Trust - Lord Abbott
Floating Rate Fund
 
By:      /s/ Elizabeth MacLean    
Name: Elizabeth MacLean
Title:   Portfolio Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
MARATHON CLO II LTD.
By: Marathon Asset Management L.P.
Its Collateral Manager
 
By:      /s/ Louis T. Hanover     
Name: Louis T. Hanover
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
COLE BROOK CBNA LOAN FUNDING LLC
 
By:      /s/ Malia Baynes     
Name: Malia Baynes
Title:   Attorney-In-Fact
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
CALVARY CLO I LTD
 
By: Regiment Capital Management, LLC
as its Investment Advisor
 
By: Regiment Capital Advisors, LP
its Manager and pursuant to delegated authority
 
By: Regiment Capital Advisors, LLC
its General Partner
 
By:      /s/ Mark A. Brostowski     
Name: Mark A. Brostowski
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
XL RE Ltd.
 
By: Regiment Capital Management, LLC
as its Investment Advisor
 
By:      /s/ Mark A. Brostowski     
Name: Mark A. Brostowski
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
PRESIDENT & FELLOWS OF HARVARD COLLEGE
 
By: Regiment Capital Management, LLC
as its Investment Advisor
 
By: Regiment Capital Advisors, LP
its Manager and pursuant to delegated authority
 
By:      /s/ Mark A. Brostowski     
Name: Mark A. Brostowski
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
REGIMENT CAPITAL, LTD
 
By: Regiment Capital Management, LLC
as its Investment Advisor
 
By: Regiment Capital Advisors, LP
its Manager and pursuant to delegated authority
 
By:      /s/ Mark A. Brostowski     
Name: Mark A. Brostowski
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
COLUMBIA INSTITUTIONAL LEVERAGED LOAN FUND II, L.P.
(f/k/a RIVERSOURCE INSTITUTIONAL LEVERAGED LOAN FUND II, L.P.)
 
By: Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
as Investment Manager
 
By:      /s/ Donna D. Emmett     
Name: Donna D. Emmett
Title:   Assistant Secretary
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
Each of the persons listed on Annex A,
Severally but not jointly, as Lender
 
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP,
as its Investment Adviser
 
By:      /s/ Robert J. Toner     
Name: Robert J. Toner
Title:   Vice President and Counsel
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
ANNEX A
 
Global Indemnity (Cayman) Limited
 
Stellar Performer Global Series W - Global Credit
 
SunAmerica Senior Floating Rate Fund, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
LENDERS (cont’d) :
 
[Wells Fargo Bank N.A.]
 
By:      /s/ George Wick     
Name: George Wick
Title:   Executive Vice President
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Westen Asset Management Company acting as
Investment Manager and Agent on behalf of Mt.
Wilson CLO II, LTD
 
By:      /s/ Donna Thomas-Sapp     
Name: Donna Thomas-Sapp
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Westen Asset Management Company acting as
Investment Manager and Agent on behalf of Mt.
Wilson CLO, LTD
 
By:      /s/ Donna Thomas-Sapp     
Name: Donna Thomas-Sapp
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Westen Asset Management Company acting as
Investment Manager and Agent on behalf of
Western Asset Floating Rate High Income Fund,
LLC
 
By:      /s/ Donna Thomas-Sapp     
Name: Donna Thomas-Sapp
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Westen Asset Management Company acting as
Investment Manager and Agent on behald of John
Hancock Fund II Floating Rate Income Fund
 
By:      /s/ Donna Thomas-Sapp     
Name: Donna Thomas-Sapp
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
WhiteHorse IV, Ltd.
By WhiteHorse Capital Partners, L.P.
       as Collateral Manager
By WhiteRock Asset Advisor, LLC, its GP
 
By:      /s/ Jay Carvell     
Name: Jay Carvell
Title:   As Manager
Exhibit 21.1
 
 
Subsidiaries of Denny's Corporation
 
Name
State of Incorporation
Denny's, Inc.
California
DFO, LLC
Delaware
Denny's Realty, LLC
Delaware
 

 
Exhibit 23.1
 

 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
The Board of Directors
Denny’s Corporation:
 
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-5301, 333-58169, 333-58167, 333-95981 (such registration statement also constitutes a post effective amendment to registration statement No. 333-53031), 333-103220, 333-120093, 333-151850 and 333-168434) on Form S-8, and the registration statement (No. 333-117902) on Form S-3 of Denny’s Corporation of our reports dated March 11, 2011 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Denny’s Corporation as of December 29, 2010 and December 30, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ deficit and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2010, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2010, which reports appear in the December 29, 2010 annual report on Form 10-K of Denny’s Corporation.

 
 
KPMG LLP

 
Greenville, South Carolina
March 11, 2011
Exhibit 31.1
 
 
CERTIFICATION
 
 
I, John C. Miller, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Denny’s Corporation;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material  information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
 
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.
 
 
 
     
       
Date: March 11, 2011
By:
/s/  John C. Miller
 
   
John C. Miller
 
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 

Exhibit 31.2
 
 
CERTIFICATION
 
 
I, F. Mark Wolfinger, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Denny’s Corporation;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material  information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
 
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.
 
 
 
     
       
Date: March 11, 2011
By:
/s/  F. Mark Wolfinger
 
   
F. Mark Wolfinger
 
   
Executive Vice President,
Chief Administrative Officer and
Chief Financial Officer
 
       
 

Exhibit 32.1
 
 
CERTIFICATION
 
 
John C. Miller
President and Chief Executive Officer of Denny’s Corporation
 
and
 
F. Mark Wolfinger
Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer
 
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report of Denny’s Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John C. Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and I, F. Mark Wolfinger, Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
 
1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
 
     
       
Date: March 11, 2011
By:
/s/  John C. Miller
 
   
John C. Miller
 
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 

 
     
       
Date: March 11, 2011
By:
/s/  F. Mark Wolfinger
 
   
F. Mark Wolfinger
 
   
Executive Vice President,
 
   
Chief Administrative Officer and
 
   
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Denny’s Corporation and will be retained by Denny’s Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.